10-Channel Digital Proportional R/C System
TM

TM

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

1M23N29216

Technical updates and additional programming examples available at: http://www.futaba-rc.com/faq
Entire Contents © 2017

7$%/(2)&217(176Introduction ............................................6
Ɣ6XSSRUWDQG6HUYLFH ..................................6
Ɣ$SSOLFDWLRQ([SRUWDQG0RGL¿FDWLRQ ....7
Ɣ'H¿QLWLRQVRI6\PEROV ...............................9INTRODUCTION

Ɣ6DIHW\3UHFDXWLRQV GRQRWRSHUDWHZLWKRXWUHDGLQJ .......................................................9%HIRUHXVH ..............................................12

BEFORE USEƔ)HDWXUHVRI- ........................................12
Ɣ&RQWHQWVDQGWHFKQLFDOVSHFL¿FDWLRQV ....13
Ɣ6\VWHPFRPSDWLELOLW\ ...............................13
Ɣ$FFHVVRULHV................................................14

COMMONƔ7UDQVPLWWHUFRQWUROV ................................15%DWWHU\ ............................................................. 17
6ZLWFK ............................................................. 18
7RWXUQRQWKH- ......................................... 18
5HFHLYHUDQGVHUYRFRQQHFWLRQV .................... 19&KDUJLQJWKHEDWWHULHV ................................... 22
6WLFNDGMXVWPHQW ............................................. 23$GMXVWLQJGLVSOD\FRQWUDVW............................. 24&RQQHFWRU3OXJ ............................................... 24
7UDQVPLWWHUGLVSOD\V EXWWRQV .................... 25:DUQLQJ HUURUGLVSOD\V.............................. 26/LQNSURFHGXUH ............................................... 27

AIRPLANEHELICOPTER

Ɣ5HFHLYHUQRPHQFODWXUH ............................28Ɣ56%&+PRGH ..................................29
Ɣ5HFHLYHU VDQWHQQDLQVWDOODWLRQ ...............GLIDER

Ɣ0RXQWLQJWKHVHUYR ..................................31
Ɣ5DQJHFKHFNWKHUDGLR .............................32
Ɣ6%866%86,QVWDOODWLRQ .....................33
Ɣ6%86:LULQJH[DPSOH ............................34

MULTICOPTER

Ɣ6%866\VWHP .........................................35
Ɣ6%866%86'HYLFHVHWWLQJ .................36
Ɣ7HOHPHWU\6\VWHP .....................................37
TX SETTING

3

&RPPRQIXQFWLRQ.................................38

6WLFNSRVLWLRQDODUP ....................................... 65

Ɣ0RGHOVHOHFW ..............................................

Ɣ7HOHPHWU\ ..................................................66

0RGHOVHOHFW .................................................... 41
0RGHOFRS\ ...................................................... 41'DWDUHVHW ........................................................ 41
5;W\SH............................................................ 42/LQN ................................................................. 42

7HOHPHWU\5[EDWW .......................................... 66
7HOHPHWU\([WYROW ......................................... 
7HOHPHWU\WHPS............................................... 75
7HOHPHWU\USP ................................................ 76
7HOHPHWU\DOWLWXGH .......................................... 77
7HOHPHWU\YDULR .............................................. 78
7HOHPHWU\GLVWDQFH ......................................... 79
7HOHPHWU\VSHHG.............................................. 81
7HOHPHWU\EDWWHU\ ........................................... 82

Ɣ0RGHOQDPH ..............................................43
0RGHOQDPH .................................................... 43
8VHUQDPH ....................................................... 44Ɣ)DLOVDIH .....................................................45
Ɣ6HUYRUHYHUVH ............................................47
Ɣ7LPHU.........................................................48
Ɣ6HUYRPRQLWRU...........................................49
Ɣ(QGSRLQW ..................................................Ɣ7ULP...........................................................51

Ɣ6HQVRUVORW.................................................83
6HQVRUUHJLVWHU ................................................ 84
6HQVRUVHQVVORW ............................................... 85
6HQVRULQLWLDOL]H .............................................. 86
6HQVRUDOOFOHDU ............................................... 87
6HQVRUPDQXDOO\DVVLJQLQJDVHQVRU ............. 88Ɣ6XEWULP ....................................................52

Ɣ6%86VHUYROLQN ......................................89

Ɣ3URJUDPPL[LQJ .......................................53

Ɣ0RGHOWUDQVIHU..........................................92

Ɣ$8;FKDQQHO ............................................56

Ɣ7UDLQHU ......................................................93

Ɣ3DUDPHWHU .................................................58'DWDUHVHW ........................................................ 
0RGHOW\SH ...................................................... 61
6ZDVKW\SH IRUKHOL ....................................... 61:LQJW\SH IRUJOLGHU .................................... 61$7/7ULP ........................................................ 61/&'FRQWUDVW .................................................. 62%DFNOLJKW ........................................................ 62/LJKWWLPH ........................................................ 62/LJKWDGMXVWPHQW ............................................ 62+RPHGLVSOD\ .................................................. 62%DWWHU\DODUPYROWDJH ................................... 62%DWWHU\DODUPYROWDJHYLEUDWLRQ................... 63%X]]HUWRQH ..................................................... 63-RJNH\QDYLJDWLRQ .......................................... 63-RJOLJKW ........................................................... 63-RJOLJKWWLPH .................................................. 64
7HOHPHWU\PRGH .............................................. 64
7HOHPHWU\XQLW................................................. 64
6SHHFKODQJXDJH ............................................. 64
6SHHFKYROXPH ................................................ 64

4$LUSODQHIXQFWLRQ .................................95
Ɣ$LOHURQ'LIIHUHQWLDO..................................97
Ɣ$LOHURQĺ5XGGHU .....................................98
Ɣ97DLO .........................................................99
Ɣ*\URVHQVRU ............................................
Ɣ(OHYRQ .....................................................
Ɣ$LOYDWRU ...................................................
Ɣ7KURWWOHĺ1HHGOH0L[LQJ ......................
Ɣ'XDOUDWH ／ (;32 ................................Ɣ)ODSHURQ..................................................
Ɣ$LUEUDNH ................................................Ɣ)ODSĺ(OHYDWRUPL[LQJ .......................... 
Ɣ(OHYDWRUĺ)ODSPL[LQJ .......................... 111
Ɣ)ODSWULP ................................................. 112
Ɣ7KURWWOHFXW............................................. 113
Ɣ,GOHGRZQ ................................................ 115
Ɣ6QDSUROO.................................................. 116

Ɣ7KURWWOHFXUYH ........................................ 117

Ɣ&DPEHUPL[LQJ ......................................Ɣ3,7FXUYH ................................................ 118

Ɣ%XWWHUÀ\PL[LQJ .....................................161

Ɣ7KURWWOHGHOD\ ......................................... 119

Ɣ&DPEHUĺ(OHYDWRUPL[LQJ ....................162
Ɣ(OHYDWRUĺ&DPEHUPL[LQJ ....................163+HOLFRSWHUIXQFWLRQ ............................

Ɣ$LOHURQĺ&DPEHUPL[LQJ......................165

Ɣ&RQGLWLRQ ................................................122

Ɣ$LOHURQĺ%UDNHÀDS ..............................166

Ɣ6ZDVK$)5 .............................................123

Ɣ7ULPPL[ .................................................167

Ɣ6ZDVKPL[LQJ .........................................124
Ɣ6ZDVKULQJ ..............................................126

0XOWLFRSWHUIXQFWLRQ ..........................168

Ɣ7ULPRIIVHW ..............................................127

Ɣ*\URVHQVRU ............................................

Ɣ'HOD\ .......................................................128

Ɣ'XDOUDWH ／ (;32 ................................171

Ɣ7KURWWOHFXW.............................................129

Ɣ&HQWHUDODUP ..........................................173

Ɣ*\URVHQVRU ............................................131
Ɣ'XDOUDWH／ (;32 ................................132

7;VHWWLQJ............................................174

Ɣ7KURWWOHFXUYH ........................................134

Ɣ6WLFNPRGH ..............................................174

Ɣ3LWFKFXUYH ..............................................136

Ɣ6WLFNDGMXVWPHQW ....................................174

Ɣ5HYROXWLRQPL[LQJ 3,7WR58' .........138

Ɣ7KURWWOHVWLFNUHYHUVH.............................175

Ɣ7KURWWOHKROG ..........................................Ɣ/DQJXDJH ................................................175

Ɣ*RYHUQRUPL[LQJ ....................................141
Ɣ+RYHULQJWKURWWOH ...................................143
Ɣ+RYHULQJSLWFK .......................................144
Ɣ+,/2SLWFKWULP ...................................145
Ɣ6ZDVKĺ7KURWWOHPL[LQJ .......................146
Ɣ7KURWWOHĺ1HHGOHPL[LQJ.......................147*OLGHUIXQFWLRQ ...................................148
Ɣ$LOHURQ'LIIHUHQWLDO................................
Ɣ$LOHURQĺ5XGGHU ...................................151
Ɣ9WDLO........................................................152
Ɣ*\URVHQVRU ............................................153
Ɣ'XDOUDWH／ (;32 ................................154
Ɣ0RWRUVZLWFK ..........................................156
Ɣ&RQGLWLRQ ................................................157
Ɣ5XGGHUĺ$LOHURQPL[LQJ ......................158
Ɣ&DPEHUÀDSPL[LQJ ...............................159

5

INTRODUCTION
Thank you for purchasing a Futaba® T-FHSS Air-2.4GHz 10J series digital proportional R/C
system. This system is extremely versatile and may be used by beginners and pros alike. In order
IRU\RXWRPDNHWKHEHVWXVHRI\RXUV\VWHPDQGWRÀ\VDIHO\SOHDVHUHDGWKLVPDQXDOFDUHIXOO\
,I \RX KDYH DQ\ GLIILFXOWLHV ZKLOH XVLQJ \RXU V\VWHP SOHDVH FRQVXOW WKH PDQXDO RXU RQOLQH
)UHTXHQWO\$VNHG 4XHVWLRQV RQ WKH ZHE SDJHV UHIHUHQFHG EHORZ  \RXU KREE\ GHDOHU RU WKH
Futaba Service Center.

Introduction'XHWRXQIRUHVHHQFKDQJHVLQSURGXFWLRQSURFHGXUHVWKHLQIRUPDWLRQFRQWDLQHGLQWKLVPDQXDOLV
subject to change without notice.
Support and Service: It is recommended to have your Futaba equipment serviced annually during
your hobby’s “off season” to ensure safe operation.
IN NORTH AMERICA
3OHDVH IHHO IUHH WR FRQWDFW WKH )XWDED 6HUYLFH &HQWHU IRU DVVLVWDQFH LQ RSHUDWLRQ XVH DQGprogramming. Please be sure to regularly visit the 10J Frequently Asked Questions web site
DW ZZZIXWDEDUFFRPIDT 7KLV SDJH LQFOXGHV H[WHQVLYH SURJUDPPLQJ XVH VHW XS DQG VDIHW\information on the 10J radio system and is updated regularly. Any technical updates and US
PDQXDO FRUUHFWLRQV ZLOO EH DYDLODEOH RQ WKLV ZHE SDJH ,I \RX GR QRW ¿QG WKH DQVZHUV WR \RXU
TXHVWLRQVWKHUHSOHDVHVHHWKHHQGRIRXU)$4DUHDIRULQIRUPDWLRQRQFRQWDFWLQJXVYLDHPDLO
for the most rapid and convenient response.
'RQ¶W KDYH ,QWHUQHW DFFHVV" ,QWHUQHW DFFHVV LV DYDLODEOH DW QR FKDUJH DW PRVW SXEOLF OLEUDULHVVFKRROVDQGRWKHUSXEOLFUHVRXUFHV:H¿QGLQWHUQHWVXSSRUWWREHDIDEXORXVUHIHUHQFHIRUPDQ\PRGHOHUVDVLWHPVFDQEHSULQWHGDQGVDYHGIRUIXWXUHUHIHUHQFHDQGFDQEHDFFHVVHGDWDQ\KRXURIWKHGD\QLJKWZHHNHQGRUKROLGD\,I\RXGRQRWZLVKWRDFFHVVWKHLQWHUQHWIRULQIRUPDWLRQKRZHYHUGRQ¶WZRUU\2XUVXSSRUWWHDPVDUHDYDLODEOH0RQGD\WKURXJK)ULGD\&HQWUDOWLPH
to assist you.
FOR SERVICE ONLY:
Futaba Service Center1$SROOR'ULYH6XLWH
&KDPSDLJQ,/
3KRQH
www.futaba-rc.com/service.html
Email: futabaservice@hobbico.com

FOR SUPPORT :(PROGRAMMING AND USERQUESTIONS)
Please start here for answers to most questions:www.futaba-rc.com/faq/)D[
3KRQHRSWLRQOUTSIDE NORTH AMERICA
3OHDVHFRQWDFW\RXU)XWDEDLPSRUWHULQ\RXUUHJLRQRIWKHZRUOGWRDVVLVW\RXZLWKDQ\TXHVWLRQV
problems or service needs.
3OHDVH UHFRJQL]H WKDW DOO LQIRUPDWLRQ LQ WKLV PDQXDO DQG DOO VXSSRUW DYDLODELOLW\ LV EDVHG XSRQthe systems sold in North America only. Products purchased elsewhere may vary. Always contact
your region’s support center for assistance.

6

Introduction$SSOLFDWLRQ([SRUWDQG0RGL¿FDWLRQ7KLVSURGXFWPD\EHXVHGIRUPRGHODLUSODQHRUVXUIDFH ERDWFDUURERW XVH,WLVQRWLQWHQGHG
for use in any application other than the control of models for hobby and recreational purposes.
7KH SURGXFW LV VXEMHFW WR UHJXODWLRQV RI WKH 0LQLVWU\ RI 5DGLR7HOHFRPPXQLFDWLRQV DQG LV
restricted under Japanese law to such purposes.
2. Exportation precautions:
D :KHQWKLVSURGXFWLVH[SRUWHGIURPWKHFRXQWU\RIPDQXIDFWXUHLWVXVHLVWREHDSSURYHGE\
the laws governing the country of destination which govern devices that emit radio frequencies. If
WKLVSURGXFWLVWKHQUHH[SRUWHGWRRWKHUFRXQWULHVLWPD\EHVXEMHFWWRUHVWULFWLRQVRQVXFKH[SRUWPrior approval of the appropriate government authorities may be required. If you have purchased
WKLVSURGXFWIURPDQH[SRUWHURXWVLGH\RXUFRXQWU\DQGQRWWKHDXWKRUL]HG)XWDEDGLVWULEXWRULQ\RXUFRXQWU\SOHDVHFRQWDFWWKHVHOOHULPPHGLDWHO\WRGHWHUPLQHLIVXFKH[SRUWUHJXODWLRQVKDYH
been met.
(b) Use of this product with other than models may be restricted by Export and Trade Control
5HJXODWLRQVDQGDQDSSOLFDWLRQIRUH[SRUWDSSURYDOPXVWEHVXEPLWWHG7KLVHTXLSPHQWPXVWQRW
be utilized to operate equipment other than radio controlled models.
0RGL¿FDWLRQDGMXVWPHQWDQGUHSODFHPHQWRISDUWV)XWDEDLVQRWUHVSRQVLEOHIRUXQDXWKRUL]HGPRGL¿FDWLRQDGMXVWPHQWDQGUHSODFHPHQWRISDUWVRQWKLVSURGXFW$Q\VXFKFKDQJHVPD\YRLG
the warranty.
Compliance Information Statement
7KLVGHYLFHFRPSOLHVZLWKSDUWRIWKH)&&5XOHV2SHUDWLRQLVVXEMHFWWRWKHIROORZLQJWZR
conditions:  7KLV GHYLFH PD\ QRW FDXVH KDUPIXO LQWHUIHUHQFH DQG   7KLV GHYLFH PXVW DFFHSW DQ\
LQWHUIHUHQFHUHFHLYHGLQFOXGLQJLQWHUIHUHQFHWKDWPD\FDXVHXQGHVLUHGRSHUDWLRQRF Radiation Exposure Statement
This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolledenvironment.
This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna ortransmitter.
The responsible party for the compliance of this device is:Futaba Service Center1$SROOR'ULYH6XLWH&KDPSDLJQ,/86$
7(/  RU(PDLOVXSSRUW#KREELFRFRP 6XSSRUW
7(/  RU(PDLOIXWDEDVHUYLFH#KREELFRFRP 6HUYLFH 

7KH 5%5& 6($/ RQ WKH QLFNHOFDGPLXP EDWWHU\ FRQWDLQHG LQ )XWDED SURGXFWV
indicates that Futaba Corporation is voluntarily participating in an industry-wide
SURJUDP WR FROOHFW DQG UHF\FOH WKHVH EDWWHULHV DW WKH HQG RI WKHLU XVHIXO OLYHV ZKHQ
taken out of service within the United States. The RBRC. program provides aconvenient alternative to placing used nickel-cadmium batteries into the trash or
PXQLFLSDOZDVWHV\VWHPZKLFKLVLOOHJDOLQVRPHDUHDV
(for USA)You may contact your local recycling center for information on where to return the spent battery.
3OHDVH FDOO %$77(5< IRU LQIRUPDWLRQ RQ 1L&G EDWWHU\ UHF\FOLQJ LQ \RXU DUHD )XWDEDCorporation involvement in this program is part of its commitment to protecting our environmentand conserving natural resources.
*RBRC is a trademark of the Rechargeable Battery Recycling Corporation.

7

Federal Communications Commission Interference Statement (for U.S.A.)

Introduction

7KLVHTXLSPHQWKDVEHHQWHVWHGDQGIRXQGWRFRPSO\ZLWKWKHOLPLWVIRUD&ODVV%GLJLWDOGHYLFHSXUVXDQW
WR 3DUW  RI WKH )&& 5XOHV7KHVH OLPLWV DUH GHVLJQHG WR SURYLGH UHDVRQDEOH SURWHFWLRQ DJDLQVW KDUPIXO
interference in a residential installation.
7KLV HTXLSPHQW JHQHUDWHV XVHV DQG FDQ UDGLDWH UDGLR IUHTXHQF\ HQHUJ\ DQG LI QRW LQVWDOOHG DQG XVHG LQ
DFFRUGDQFHZLWKWKHLQVWUXFWLRQVPD\FDXVHKDUPIXOLQWHUIHUHQFHWRUDGLRFRPPXQLFDWLRQV+RZHYHUWKHUH
is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause
KDUPIXOLQWHUIHUHQFHWRUDGLRRUWHOHYLVLRQUHFHSWLRQZKLFKFDQEHGHWHUPLQHGE\WXUQLQJWKHHTXLSPHQWRII
DQGRQWKHXVHULVHQFRXUDJHGWRWU\WRFRUUHFWWKHLQWHUIHUHQFHE\RQHRUPRUHRIWKHIROORZLQJPHDVXUHV--Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
--Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
--Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.
--Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.

CAUTION:To assure continued FCC compliance:$Q\FKDQJHVRUPRGL¿FDWLRQVQRWH[SUHVVO\DSSURYHGE\WKHJUDQWHHRIWKLVGHYLFHFRXOGYRLGWKHXVHU V
authority to operate the equipment.

WARNING:
This product contains a chemical known to cause cancer and birth defects (or other reproductiveharm).

Compliance Information Statement (for EU)
Declaration of Conformity+HUHE\)XWDED&RUSRUDWLRQGHFODUHVWKDWWKHUDGLRHTXLSPHQWW\SH7-LVLQFRPSOLDQFHZLWK'LUHFWLYH(8The full text of the EU declaration of conformity is available at the following internet address:
http://www.rc.futaba.co.jp/english/index.html

Where to Fly:H UHFRPPHQG WKDW \RX À\ DW D UHFRJQL]HG PRGHO DLUSODQH À\LQJ ¿HOG<RX FDQ ¿QG PRGHOFOXEVDQG¿HOGVE\DVNLQJ\RXUQHDUHVWKREE\GHDOHURULQWKH86E\FRQWDFWLQJWKH$FDGHP\
RI0RGHO$HURQDXWLFV
7KH QDWLRQDO$FDGHP\ RI 0RGHO$HURQDXWLFV $0$  KDV PRUH WKDQ  FKDUWHUHG FOXEVDFURVV WKH FRXQWU\ 7KURXJK DQ\ RQH RI WKHP LQVWUXFWRU WUDLQLQJ SURJUDPV DQG LQVXUHGQHZFRPHU WUDLQLQJ DUH DYDLODEOH &RQWDFW WKH$0$ DW WKH DGGUHVV RU WROOIUHH SKRQH QXPEHU
below.
Academy of Model Aeronautics
(DVW0HPRULDO'ULYH
0XQFLH,1
7HOH  
)D[  
or via the Internet at http:\\www.
modelaircraft.org$OZD\V SD\ SDUWLFXODU DWWHQWLRQ WR WKH À\LQJ ¿HOG¶V UXOHV as well as the presence and
ORFDWLRQ RI VSHFWDWRUV WKH ZLQG GLUHFWLRQ DQG DQ\ REVWDFOHV RQ WKH ¿HOG %H YHU\ FDUHIXOÀ\LQJLQDUHDVQHDUSRZHUOLQHVWDOOEXLOGLQJVRUFRPPXQLFDWLRQIDFLOLWLHVDVWKHUHPD\EH
radio interference in their vicinity.

8

Precautions
Application, Export, and Modiﬁcation Precautions.

■ No part of this manual may be reproduced in any form without prior permission.
■ The contents of this manual are subject to change without prior notice.
■ The contents of this manual should be complete, but if there are any unclear or missing parts please contact a Futaba Service
Center.
■ Futaba is not responsible for the use of this product by the customer.

Introduction

1. This product is only designed for use with radio control models. Use of the product described in this instruction
manual is limited to radio control models.
2. Export precautions:a) When this product is exported, it cannot be used where prohibited by the laws governing radio waves of thedestination country.
b) Use of this product with other than models may be restricted by Export and Trade Control Regulations.
3. Modiﬁcation, adjustment, and parts replacement
Futaba is not responsible for unauthorized modiﬁcation, adjustment, or replacement of parts on this product.

■ Company and product names in this manual are trademarks or registered trademarks of the respective company.

For safe use
Please observe the following precautions to ensure safe use of this product at all times.
Meaning of Special Markings:
The parts of this manual indicated by the following marks require special attention from the standpoint of safety.
DANGER - Procedures which may lead to dangerous conditions and cause death/serious injury if not carried out properly.
WARNING - Procedures which may lead to a dangerous condition or cause death or serious injury to the user if not carried

RXWSURSHUO\RUSURFHGXUHVZKHUHWKHSUREDELOLW\RIVXSHU¿FLDOLQMXU\RUSK\VLFDOGDPDJHLVKLJKCAUTION - Procedures where the possibility of serious injury to the user is small, but there is a danger of injury, or physicaldamage, if not carried out properly.

= Prohibited

0DQGDWRU\WARNING: Always keep electrical components away from small children.

Flying Precautions
WARNING

Never grasp the built-in transmitter antenna
while ﬂying.

Never fly on a rainy day, when the wind isstrong or at night.

■ The transmitter output may drop drastically.

■ Water could lead to failure or improper functionality and poor
control of the aircraft which could lead to a crash.

Always make sure that all transmitter stick
movements operate all functions properly in themodel prior to flight. Also, make sure that all
switches, etc. function properly as well. If there
are any diﬃculties, do not use the system until all
inputs are functioning properly.
Never ﬂy in power down (range check) mode.
■ In the dedicated range test power down mode, the transmitter
output range is reduced and may cause a crash.

While operating, never touch the transmitter
with, or bring the transmitter near, another transmitter, a cellphone, or other wireless devices.

Never turn the power switch off during flightor while the engine or motor is running.
■ Operation will become impossible and the aircraft will crash.
Even if the power switch is turned on, operation will not begin
until transmitter and receiver internal processing is complete.

Do not start the engine or motor while wearing
the neck strap.
■ The neck strap may become entangled with the rotating
propeller, rotor, etc. and cause serious injury.

Do not ﬂy when you are physically impaired as
it could pose a safety hazard to yourself or others.

■ Doing so may cause erroneous operation.

9

■ Near homes, schools, hospitals or other places where people
congregate.

Always check operation of each control surface
and perform a range test before each flying
session. Also, when using the trainer function,
check the operation of both the teacher andstudent transmitter.

■ Near high voltage lines, high structures, or communication
facilities.

■ Even one incorrect transmitter setting or aircraft abnormality
can cause a crash.

Do not ﬂy at the following places:■ Near another radio control ﬂying ﬁeld.
■ Near or above people.

When setting the transmitter on the ground
during ﬂight preparations, do not stand it upright.

Introduction■ The transmitter may tip over, the sticks may move and thepropeller or rotor may rotate unexpectedly and cause injury.

Do not touch the engine, motor, or FET amp
during and immediately after use.
■ These items may become hot during use.

Before turning on the transmitter:
1. Always move the transmitter throttle stick position to theminimum (idle) position.
2. Turn on the transmitter ﬁrst and then the receiver.

When turning off the transmitter's powerswitch. After the engine or motor has stopped(state in which it will not rotate again):For safety, ﬂy so that the aircraft is visible at all
times.

1. Turn oﬀ the receiver power switch.

■ Flying behind buildings or other large structures will not only
cause you to lose sight of the aircraft, but also degrade the RF
link performance and cause loss of control.

■ If the power switch is turned on/oﬀ in the opposite order, thepropeller may rotate unexpectedly and cause a serious injury.

From the standpoint of safety, always set the
fail safe function.
■ In particular, normally set the throttle channel to idle.

Always check the remaining capacity of thetransmitter and receiver batteries before eachﬂying session prior to ﬂight.
■ Low battery capacity will cause loss of control and a crash.

2. Then turn oﬀ the transmitter power switch.

■ Also always observe the above order when setting the fail safe
function.
■ Maximum low throttle: Direction in which the engine or motor
runs at the slowest speed or stops.

When adjusting the transmitter, stop the engine except when necessary. In the case of a motor, disconnect the wiring and don't allow it tocontinue operation. When doing so, please exercise extreme caution. Ensure that the aircraft issecured and that it will not come into contact withanything or anyone. Ensure that the motor will
not rotate prior to making any adjustments.
■ Unexpected high speed rotation of the engine may cause aserious injury.

Battery and Charger Handling Precautions
DANGER

Do not recharge a battery that is damaged, deteriorated, leaking electrolyte, or wet.

Do not charge the battery if it is covered withany object as it may become very hot.

Do not use the charger in applications otherthan as intended.

Do not use the battery in a combustible environment.

Do not allow the charger or battery to become
wet.

■ The combustibles may ignite and cause an explosion or ﬁre.

■ Do not use the charger, when it or your hands, are wet. Do not
use the charger in humid places.

Do not short circuit the battery.
Do not solder, repair, deform, modify, or disassemble the battery and/or battery charger.
Do not drop the battery into a fire or bring it
near a ﬁre.
Do not charge and store the battery in direct
sunlight or other hot places.

Always charge the battery before each flying
session.
■ If the battery goes dead during ﬂight, the aircraft will crash.

Always use the charger with the speciﬁed power supply voltage.
■ Use the special charger by connecting it to a proper power
outlet.

If the battery liquid should get in your eyes, do
not rub your eyes, but immediately wash themwith tap water or other clean water and get treated by a doctor.
■ The liquid can cause blindness.

10

WARNING

Do not touch the charger and battery for any
length of time during charging.
■ Doing so may result in burns.

Do not use a charger or battery that has beendamaged.

■ Continued use may cause ﬁre, combustion, generation of heat,or rupture.

Do not subject the batteries to impact.
■ Doing so may cause fire, combustion, generation of heat,rupture, or liquid leakage.

■ Not doing so may cause combustion.

If the battery liquid gets on your skin or
clothing, immediately flush the area with tap
water or other clean water.
■ Consult a doctor. The liquid can cause skin damage.

After the speciﬁed charging time has elapsed,
end charging and disconnect the charger from thereceptacle.
When recycling or disposing of the battery,isolate the terminals by covering them withcellophane tape.
■ Short circuit of the terminals may cause combustion,
generation of heat or rupture.

Introduction

If any abnormalities such as smoke or
discoloration are noted with either the charger orthe battery, remove the battery from the charger
and disconnect the power cord plug and do not
use the charger.

If the battery leaks liquid or generates anabnormal odor, immediately move it to a safe
place for disposal.

CAUTION

Do not place heavy objects on top of thebattery or charger. Also, do not place the battery
or charger in any location where it may fall.
■ Doing so may cause damage or injury.

Do not store or use the battery and charger
where it is dusty or humid.
■ Insert the power cord plug into the receptacle only after
eliminating the dust.

Do not charge the battery in extreme temperatures.
■ Doing so will degrade the battery performance. An ambient
temperature of 10 ℃ to 30 ℃ (50 ℉ to 86 ℉ ) is ideal for
charging.

Unplug the charger when not in use.
Do not bend or pull the cord unreasonably anddo not place heavy objects on the cord.
■ The power cord may be damaged and cause combustion,
generation of heat, or electric shock.

Storage and Disposal Precautions
CAUTION

Do not store wireless devices in the following
places:・Where it is extremely hot (40℃ [104F] or higher) or
cold (-10℃ [14F] or lower)
・Where the equipment will be exposed to direct sunlight・Where the humidity is high・Where vibration is prevalent・Where it is very dusty
・Where the device may be exposed to steam and heat

When the device will not be used for a longtime, remove the battery from the transmitterand aircraft and store them in a dry place where
the temperature is between 0 and 30℃ [32F and86F].
■ When left 'as is', batteries may deteriorate, leak, or be otherwise
damaged.

Other Precautions
CAUTION

Do not directly expose plastic parts to fuel, oil,exhaust gas, etc.
■ If left in such an environment, the plastic may be damaged.
■ Since the metal parts of the case may corrode, always keepthem clean.

Join the Academy of Model Aeronautics.

Always use genuine Futaba products such astransmitter, receiver, servo, FET amplifier, battery, etc.
■ Futaba is not responsible for damage sustained by combination
with parts other than Futaba Genuine Parts. Use the parts
speciﬁed in the instruction manual and catalog.

■ The Academy of Model Aeronautics (AMA) provides guidelines
and liability protection should the need arise.

11

BEFORE USE
FEATURES
Ɣ7)+66$LU*PXOWLIXQFWLRQFKDQQHOWUDQVPLWWHUThe Futaba 2.4GHz T-FHSS Air system is employed.

Ɣ7HOHPHWU\V\VWHP
A T-FHSS Air bidirectional communication system is used. The voltage of the battery mounted in the
IXVHODJHFDQEHGLVSOD\HGDWWKHWUDQVPLWWHUGXULQJÀLJKW$OWLWXGHVSHHGWHPSHUDWXUHDQGRWKHUIXVHODJH
data can be displayed at the transmitter by installing various optional telemetry sensors in the fuselage.

Ɣ6SHHFKIXQFWLRQ
Telemetry data can be listened to by plugging commercial earphones into the transmitter.

Ɣ%XLOWLQGLYHUVLW\DQWHQQD

Before use

Diversity antenna built into the transmitter provides a simple appearance and improves handling ease.

Ɣ6%866%86VHUYRVHWWLQJIXQFWLRQ
S.BUS/S.BUS2 servo channel and various functions can be set by connecting the servo to thetransmitter.

Ɣ3RZHUVDYLQJW\SHWUDQVPLWWHU)RXU$$ DONDOLQH EDWWHULHV FDQ EH XVHG 7KH RSWLRQDO +7)% 1L0+ 9 P$  RU
)7)% OLWKLXPIHUULWH9P$ EDWWHU\FDQDOVREHXVHG

Ɣ9LEUDWLRQ$IXQFWLRQWKDWQRWL¿HVWKHRSHUDWRURIYDULRXVDODUPVE\YLEUDWLQJWKHWUDQVPLWWHUFDQEHVHOHFWHG

Ɣ8QLTXHPRGHOPHPRU\V\VWHP
The transmitter body contains a 30 model memory.

Ɣ0L[LQJW\SHVHOHFWLRQ)L[HGZLQJKHOLFRSWHUDQGJOLGHUPL[LQJW\SHFDQEHVHOHFWHGWRPDWFKWKHIXVHODJH,QDGGLWLRQswash plate types can also be selected for helicopters. Multi-copter selection is also possible.

Ɣ'LJLWDOWULP
5DSLGWULPPLQJGXULQJÀLJKWLVSRVVLEOH7KHVRXQGFKDQJHVDWWKHFHQWHURIWULP7KHVWHSVL]HFDQEH
arbitrarily changed. The trim position is displayed on the LCD.

Ɣ/HYHUKHDGOHQJWKDGMXVWPHQWDQGQHZOHYHUKHDGVKDSHThe lever head length can be adjusted. A new lever head shape that reduces slip during operation has
been adopted.

Ɣ6ZLWFK95SRVLWLRQFKDQJHDQG$8;FKDQQHOIXQFWLRQFKDQJH
Mixing and other switches and knobs can be selected. Since the function of the AUX channels (5ch 〜FK FDQDOVREHFKDQJHGRULJLQDOPL[LQJLQDGGLWLRQWRH[LVWLQJPL[LQJFDQEHFUHDWHGE\XVLQJWKH
programmable mixing function.

Ɣ0RGHOGDWDWUDQVIHUIXQFWLRQ
Model data can be wirelessly transferred between 10J or 8J transmitters.

56%UHFHLYHUƔ7)+66$LUV\VWHP6%86FRPSDWLEOH
S.BUS output and conventional channel output are provided. S.BUS and conventional system sharing ispossible.

12Ɣ(;7EDWWHU\WHUPLQDO
7KHYROWDJHFDQEHGLVSOD\HGDWWKHWUDQVPLWWHUE\EUDQFKFRQQHFWLQJWKHGULYHEDWWHU\HWFLQVWDOOHGLQ
WKHIXVHODJHZLWKWKH&$59,1FDEOHVROGVHSDUDWHO\Ɣ%DWWHU\IDLOVDIHIXQFWLRQCONTENTS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
6SHFL¿FDWLRQVDQGUDWLQJVDUHVXEMHFWWRFKDQJHZLWKRXWQRWLFH

<RXU-LQFOXGHVWKHIROORZLQJFRPSRQHQWV• T10J transmitter for airplanes or helicopters• R3008SB Receiver• Switch harness• Neck strap*The set contents depend on the type of set.

Frequency band
2.4GHz5)SRZHURXWSXWPZ(,53

VWLFNFKDQQHO7)+66$LU*V\VWHP 
Transmitting frequency: 2.4GHz band
6\VWHP7)+66$LU6)+66VZLWFKDEOH
Power supply: 6.0V Dry battery

Before use

7UDQVPLWWHU7-

5HFHLYHU56%
Frequency band
2.4GHz7)+66$LU*V\VWHPGXDODQWHQQDGLYHUVLW\6%86V\VWHP
5)SRZHURXWSXWPZ(,53
3RZHUUHTXLUHPHQW9a9EDWWHU\RUUHJXODWHGRXWSXWIURP(6&HWF 
6L]H[[LQ [[PP:HLJKWR] J%DWWHU\)69ROWDJH,WVHWVXSZLWKDWUDQVPLWWHU
 :KHQXVLQJ(6& VPDNHVXUHWKDWWKHUHJXODWHGRXWSXWFDSDFLW\PHHWV\RXUXVDJHDSSOLFDWLRQSYSTEM COMPATIBILITY
The 10J is a 2.4GHz T-FHSS Air system. The transmitter can also be switched to S-FHSS +RZHYHUWKHWHOHPHWU\V\VWHPFDQQRWEHXVHGZLWK6)+66 7KHXVDEOHUHFHLYHUVDUHVKRZQEHORZ

Communications System
T-FHSS Air（Default）
S-FHSS（Change is possible）

Usable Receivers
R3008SB R3006SB R3001SB*R304SB, R304SB-E, T-FHSS surface system
receivers do not operate.

R2008SB
R2006GS
R2106GF

R2001SBNOTE：*The Futaba T-FHSS Air system cannot be used with Futaba S-FHSS/FASST/FASSTest systems. Use
it with a T-FHSS Air system transmitter and receiver. The T10J is a T-FHSS Air systemEXWFDQDOVR
be used with an S-FHSS receiver by switching to S-FHSS+RZHYHULQWKLVFDVHWKHWHOHPHWU\V\VWHP
cannot be used.
*The T-FHSS Air system and T-FHSS surface system are different. The T10J cannot be used with the
R304SB, R304SB-E or T-FHSS surface system receivers.

13

7KHIROORZLQJDGGLWLRQDODFFHVVRULHVDUHDYDLODEOHIURP\RXUGHDOHU5HIHUWRD)XWDEDFDWDORJIRU
PRUHLQIRUPDWLRQ+7)%7UDQVPLWWHUEDWWHU\SDFNWKH P$K WUDQVPLWWHU1L0+EDWWHU\SDFNPD\EHHDVLO\
H[FKDQJHGZLWKDIUHVKRQHWRSURYLGHHQRXJKFDSDFLW\IRUH[WHQGHGÀ\LQJVHVVLRQV)7)%7UDQVPLWWHU/L)HEDWWHU\SDFNFDQDOVREHXVHG+RZHYHUFKDUJHZLWKWKHFKDUJHURQO\IRU
LiFe.

Before use

7UDLQHUFRUGWKHRSWLRQDOWUDLQLQJFRUGPD\EHXVHGWRKHOSDEHJLQQLQJSLORWOHDUQWRÀ\HDVLO\E\SODFLQJ
the instructor on a separate transmitter. Note that the T10J transmitter may be connected to another T10J
V\VWHPDVZHOODVWRDQ\RWKHUPRGHOVRI)XWDEDWUDQVPLWWHUV7KH7-WUDQVPLWWHUXVHVRQHRIWKHWKUHH
FRUGSOXJW\SHVDFFRUGLQJWRWKHWUDQVPLWWHUFRQQHFWHG 5HIHUWRWKHGHVFULSWLRQDWWKH75$,1(5IXQFWLRQLQVWUXFWLRQV 7KHSDUWQXPEHURIWKLVFRUGLV)870
• Servos - there are various kinds of servos. Please choose the Futaba servos best suited for the model and
SXUSRVH\RXDUHXVLQJWKHPIRU,I\RXXWLOL]HD6%86V\VWHP\RXVKRXOGFKRRVHD6%86VHUYR
7HOHPHWU\VHQVRUSOHDVHSXUFKDVHDQRSWLRQDOVHQVRULQRUGHUWRXWLOL]HELGLUHFWLRQDOFRPPXQLFDWLRQ
system and to acquire the information from a model high up in the sky.
[Temperature sensor : SBS-01T] [Altitude sensor : SBS-01A] [RPM sensor magnet type : SBS-01RM][RPM sensor optical type : SBS-01RO] [GPS sensor : SBS-01G] [Voltage sensor : SBS-01V]• Neckstrap - a neckstrap can be connected to your T10J system to make it easier to handle and improve\RXUÀ\LQJSUHFLVLRQVLQFH\RXUKDQGVZRQ¶WQHHGWRVXSSRUWWKHWUDQVPLWWHU¶VZHLJKW<KDUQHVVHVVHUYRH[WHQVLRQVKXEHWF*HQXLQH)XWDEDH[WHQVLRQVDQG<KDUQHVVHVLQFOXGLQJDKHDY\GXW\YHUVLRQZLWKKHDYLHUZLUHDUHDYDLODEOHWRDLGLQ\RXUODUJHUPRGHODQGRWKHULQVWDOODWLRQV• Gyros - a variety of genuine Futaba gyros is available for your aircraft or helicopter needs.
• Governor - for helicopter use. Automatically adjusts throttle servo position to maintain a constant head
VSHHGUHJDUGOHVVRIEODGHSLWFKORDGZHDWKHUHWF
• Receivers - various models of Futaba receivers may be purchased for use in other models. (Receivers for7)+66$LU6)+66W\SHVDUHDYDLODEOH

14

TRANSMITTER CONTROLS - AIRPLANE
Built-in Antenna
Carrying Handle

VR
Flap Trim Control

Digital Trim 5/CH7 Control

This controls CH6, and if flaperon mixing
is activated controls the flap.

SW(C)Elevator - Flap Mixing or
Airbrake Mixing Switch

SW(B)
Rudder Dual Rate Switch
SW(A)Elevator Dual Rate
Switch

SW(H)

SW(E)
Landing Gear
Switch/CH5SW(G)Before useSW(D)Aileron Dual Rate Switch

SW(F)Snap Roll orTrainer Switch

Digital Trim 6/CH8 Control
Rudder/Throttle
Stick

Elevator/Aileron
Stick

Power
LED

Elevator Trim Lever

Throttle
Trim Lever

Aileron Trim Lever

RudderTrim Lever

＋ Key
− Key

END Key

Jog Key

Power Switch(Up position: ON)

LCD Panel

Hook(for optional neckstrap)

7KLV¿JXUHVKRZVWKHGHIDXOWVZLWFKDVVLJQPHQWVIRUD-$0RGH IRU86$ V\VWHPDV
supplied by the factory.
You can change many of the switch positions or functions by selecting a new position
within the setting menu for the function you wish to move.

15

TRANSMITTER CONTROLS - HELI
Built-in Antenna
Carrying Handle

VR
CH8 Knob

Digital Trim 5SW(C)Governor Switch/CH7SW(B)Rudder Dual Rate Switch

Before useSW(A)Elevator Dual Rate
SwitchSW(F)Idle-up 3 Switch/Gyro/CH5SW(D)Aileron Dual Rate Switch

SW(E)

SW(H)
Trainer Switch

Idle-up 1&2
SwitchSW(G)Throttle - Hold Switch

Digital Trim 6

Throttle/Collective
Pitch & Rudder Stick

Elevator/Aileron
Stick

Power
LED
Throttle/Collective
Pitch Trim Lever

Elevator Trim Lever
Aileron Trim Lever

RudderTrim Lever

＋ Key
− Key

END Key

Jog Key

Power Switch(Up position: ON)

LCD Panel

Hook(for optional neckstrap)

7KLV¿JXUHVKRZVWKHGHIDXOWVZLWFKDVVLJQPHQWVIRUD-+0RGHV\VWHPDVVXSSOLHG
by the factory.
You can change many of the switch positions or functions by selecting a new position
within the setting menu for the function you wish to move.

16

INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL OF THE TRANSMITTER BATTERYThe T10J transmitter is designed to work withHLWKHU IRXU  $$ DONDOLQH GU\ FHOO EDWWHULHV
RU +7)%)7)% EDWWHU\ SDFN ERWK
available separately. The transmitter batteries
used are a matter of personal preference. AA
Alkaline batteries are available at any local
KREE\VKRSJURFHU\VWRUHHWF$EDWWHU\SDFN
will need to be purchased from a hobby shop.

Before use

push and slide down

Remove the battery BOX if you choose
to use the optional HT5F1800B/FT2F2100B
EDWWHU\SDFNZKLFKFDQEHUHFKDUJHGIURPWKH
transmitter.
And "BATT TYPE" in a PARAMETER ischanged into "HT5F1800B : 5.0V FT2F2100B :5.8V " .

Battery cover:$51,1*
%HFDUHIXOQRWWRGURSWKHEDWWHU\1HYHUGLVFRQQHFWWKHEDWWHU\FRQQHFWRUI U R P  W K H  7   -  W U D Q V P L W W H U  D I W H UWXUQLQJRIIWKHSRZHUXQWLOWKHVFUHHQLVFRPSOHWHO\EODQNDQGWKHWUDQVPLWWHUKDVVKXWGRZQFRPSOHWHO\,QWHUQDOGHYLFHVVXFKDVPHPRULHVPD\EHGDPDJHG
,IWKHUHLVDQ\SUREOHPWKHPHVVDJH%DFNXS(UURU
will be shown the next time when you turn on the
power of the transmitter. Do not use the transmitter as
it is. Send it to the Futaba Service Center.

NOTE: If you need to remove or replace thetransmitter battery, do not pull strongly on thebattery wires to remove it. Insert the connector
straight as shown.

'RQRWFRQQHFWDQ\RWKHUFKDUJHUVH[FHSWWKH VSHFLDO FKDUJHU WR WKLV FKDUJLQJ
FRQQHFWRU
7KH YROWDJH GURS FKDUDFWHULVWLFV RI D
UHFKDUJHDEOHEDWWHU\DQGGU\FHOOEDWWHU\DUHGLIIHUHQW&KDQJHWKHEDWWHU\DODUPYROWDJHWR9IRUWKH+7)BDQG
WR9IRUWKH)7)%

NOTE: This plug is for charging HT5F1800B.
The other battery cannot be charged.
FT2F2100B is removed from a transmitter, andcharges with an exclusive charger(LBC-4E5).

17

SWITCH ASSIGNMENT TABLE• The factory default functions activated by the switches and VR for an 10JA Mode 2 for USA
transmitter are shown below.
• Most 10J functions may be reassigned to non-default positions quickly and easily.
• Basic control assignments of channels 5-10 are quickly adjustable in AUX-CH.
• Note that most functions need to be activated in the programming to operate.
 -+-$ DQG -$ 0RGH  IRU 86$ WUDQVPLWWHU IXQFWLRQV DUH VLPLODU EXW UHYHUVH FHUWDLQ
switch commands. Always check that you have the desired switch assignment for each function
during set up.
ŔœŭŤŃŏŃŔœŭūŏŃƗƋƈŃŷŲųŃŵŬŪūŷŃŶźŬŷŦūŨŶŃƄƕƈŃƖƓƕƌƑƊŐƏƒƄƇƈƇŃƄƑƇŃŕŐƓƒƖƌƗƌƒƑ

Before use

Switch ／ VR
Switch A

ACRO
Elevator D/R ／ CH9

HELI
Elevator D/R ／ CH9

Switch B
Switch C

Rudder D/R(UP) ELE → FLP(Center/Down) Idle down
(Down) Air brake
Aileron D/R ／ CH10

Rudder D/R
Governor ／ 7CH

Switch D
Switch E
Switch F
Switch G
Switch H
VR
DT5
DT6

Gear ／ 5CH
Snap roll ／ Trainer
Flap ／ 6CH
7CH
8CH

MULTICOPTER
Glider A-1
Glider A-2
Glider AF1
Glider AF2
Glider AF4
Elevator D/R ／ CH9 Elevator D/R Elevator D/R Elevator D/R Elevator D/R Elevator D/R
／ CH9
／ CH9
／ CH9
／ CH9
Rudder D/R
Rudder D/R Rudder D/R Rudder D/R Rudder D/R Rudder D/R
6CH

Aileron D/R ／ CH10
Aileron D/R ／ CH10
Idle up1,2
5CH
Idle up3 ／ Gyro ／ 5CH
Throttle holdThrottle cut ／ Trainer
Trainer
Hovering pitch ／ CH8
7CH
8CH

Aileron D/R

Aileron D/R

Aileron D/R

Aileron D/R

Aileron D/R

6CH
Trainer
10CH
5CH
8CH

6CH
Trainer
10CH
5CH
8CH

6CH
Trainer
10CH
Flap(5CH)
8CH

Trainer
10CH
Flap(5/6CH)
8CH

Trainer
10CH
Flap(5/6CH)
Flap(8/9CH)ŔœŭŤŃŰƒƇƈŃŕŃƗƕƄƑƖƐƌƗƗƈƕƖŃƉƒƕŃŸŶŤŏŃƗƋƈŃŷŲųŃůŨũŷŃŶźŬŷŦūŨŶŃƄƕƈŃƖƓƕƌƑƊŐƏƒƄƇƈƇŃƄƑƇŃŕŐƓƒƖƌƗƌƒƑ
Switch ／ VR
Switch A

ACRO
Elevator D/R ／ CH9

HELI
Elevator D/R ／ CH9

Switch B
Switch C

Rudder D/R(UP) ELE → FLP(Center/Down) Idle down
(Down) Air brake
Aileron D/R ／ CH10
Gear ／ 5CH
Snap roll ／ Trainer

Rudder D/R
Governor ／ 7CH

Switch D
Switch E
Switch F
Switch G
Switch H
VR
DT5
DT6

Flap ／ 6CH
7CH
8CH

MULTICOPTER
Glider A-1
Glider A-2
Glider AF1
Glider AF2
Glider AF4
Elevator D/R ／ CH9 Elevator D/R Elevator D/R Elevator D/R Elevator D/R Elevator D/R
／ CH9
／ CH9
／ CH9
／ CH9
Rudder D/R
Rudder D/R Rudder D/R Rudder D/R Rudder D/R Rudder D/R
6CH

Aileron D/R ／ CH10
Aileron D/R ／ CH10
Throttle hold
5CH
TrainerTrainer
Idle up1,2
Throttle cut ／ Idle up3／ Gyro ／ 5CH
Hovering pitch ／ CH8
7CH
8CH

Aileron D/R

Aileron D/R

Aileron D/R

Aileron D/R

Aileron D/R

Trainer
6CH

Trainer
6CH

Trainer
6CH

TrainerTrainer

10CH
5CH
8CH

10CH
5CH
8CH

10CH
Flap(5CH)
8CH

10CH
Flap(5/6CH)
8CH

10CH
Flap(5/6CH)
Flap(8/9CH)

2QWKH-$0RGHIRU86$WUDQVPLWWHUVWKH723/()7SWITCHES are spring-loaded and 2-position; on the 10JA
0RGH  -+ WKRVH VZLWFKHV DUH RQ WKH ULJKW VLGH )RU FRQVLVWHQF\ WKH VZLWFK SRVLWLRQ¶V GHVLJQDWLRQ UHPDLQV WKH
VDPH XSSHUOHIWLV)HWF EXWWKHIXQFWLRQVDUHPRYHGWRPDWFKWKHVZLWFKW\SHTO TURN ON THE 10J SYSTEMFirst make sure the throttle stick is in the low throttle position.
Push up to turn on.

,IWKHWKURWWOHVWLFNLVQRWLQWKHORZSRVLWLRQ\RX OOKDYHDQDODUPXQWLOWKHVWLFNLVLQWKHORZ
position.（,QWKHFDVHRI0XOWLFRSWHUPRGHWKURWWOHSRVLWLRQ DODUPGRHVQRWRFFXU

18

RECEIVER AND SERVO CONNECTIONS$LUFUDIW*When using 8 or more channels, use an S.BUS
function or use a second R3008SB and link
both to your transmitter.

1

Aileron Differential mode (AILE-DIFF 
Flaperon mode.
3
8VLQJ6HFRQG$LOHURQRSWLRQVHFRQG$LOHURQVHUYRRXWSXWLVVHQWto channels 5 and 6. ( AILE-2
4
AILEVATOR GXDOHOHYDWRU PRGH
5
ELEVON mode.

:LQJ7\SH2)/$3(521

AIL1
FLP2
(CH1)

7DLO7\SH
1250$/

ELE(CH2)

97$,/

ELE1
RUD2
(CH2)

ELE2
RUD1
(CH4)

$,/9$725

ELE1
AIL3
(CH2)

ELE2
AIL4
(CH8)

(/(921

AIL1
ELE2
(CH1)

Before use

5HFHLYHU
2XWSXWDQG$LUFUDIW ACRO)&KDQQHO1
Ailerons/Aileron-11/combined Flap-2 & Aileron-12/combined Aileron-1 &Elevator-25
2
Elevator/combined Aileron-2 & Elevator-15
3
Throttle
4
Rudder5
Landing gear/Aileron-2/combined Flap-1 and Aileron-2
6)ODS V FRPELQHG)ODSDQG$LOHURQ2
7
Aileron-21
8
Elevator-24/Mixture control
9
AU9
10
AU0

AIL2
FLP1
(CH6)

)/$3

AIL2
ELE1
(CH2)

AIL1
(CH1)

AIL
(CH1)

FLP
(CH6)

AIL2
(CH7)

0XOWLFRSWHU
5HFHLYHU
2XWSXWDQG

0XOWLFRSWHU MULTI COPT)&KDQQHO
1
2
3
4
5
6

$LOHURQ 0XOWLFRSWHU&RQWUROOHU(OHYDWRU 0XOWLFRSWHU&RQWUROOHU
7KURWWOH 0XOWLFRSWHU&RQWUROOHU
5XGGHU 0XOWLFRSWHU&RQWUROOHU
0RGH 0XOWLFRSWHU&RQWUROOHU
AU6 :KHQ XVLQJ D *<52 6(16 IXQFWLRQ &+ LV XVHG IRU 0RGH
0XOWLFRSWHU&RQWUROOHU 

7
AU7
8
AU8
9
AU9
10
AU0
*Use the controller of multicopter corresponding to Futaba.

19

RECEIVER AND SERVO CONNECTIONS*When using 8 or more channels, use an S.BUS
function or use a second R3008SB and link
both to your transmitter.

5HFHLYHU+HOLFRSWHU HELI)2XWSXWDQG

Before use&KDQQHO
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

$LOHURQ F\FOLFUROO (OHYDWRU F\FOLFSLWFK 
Throttle
RudderGyro
3LWFK FROOHFWLYHSLWFK 
AU7/Governor
AU8/ELE2/Mixture control
AU9
AU0

6ZDVK7\SH(Normal linkage type)
H-1: each servo linked
to the swashplate
independently.

$,/‫؟‬$LOHURQ6HUYR(/(‫(؟‬OHYDWRU6HUYR
3,7‫؟‬3LWFK6HUYR

20

RECEIVER AND SERVO CONNECTIONS*When using 8 or more channels, use an S.BUS
function or use a second R3008SB and link
both to your transmitter.

*OLGHU
$,/ $
2 Aileron$) $)2 Aileron1 Flap$) $)2 Aileron2 Flap$) $)2 Aileron4 Flap1

AileronAileronAileronAileronAileron2

Elevator

Elevator

Elevator

Elevator

Elevator

3

Motor

Motor

Motor

Motor

Motor

4

RudderRudderRudderRudderRudder

5

AU5

AU5

Flap

Flap

Flap

6

AU6

AU6

AU6

Flap2

Flap2

7

AU7

Aileron2

Aileron2

Aileron2

Aileron2

8

AU8

AU8

AU8

AU8

Flap3

9

AU9

AU9

AU9

AU9

Flap4

10

AU0

AU01

AU01

AU01

AU01

Before useCH$,/ $
1 Aileron1（Wing type）
$,/ $‫ك‬:KHQ&DPEHU0L[LVEHLQJXVHGLWRSHUDWHV
together with AU0.

$,/ $‫ك‬

$,/)/3 $)‫ك‬

Aileron1(CH1)

Aileron1(CH1)
Aileron2(CH7)

Aileron2(CH7)

Aileron１servo
(CH1)

Flap
(CH5)

$,/)/3 $)‫ك‬

Aileron1
Flap1
(CH1)
(CH5)

Flap2
(CH6)

$,/)/3 $)‫ك‬
Aileron1
(CH1)
Flap1
(CH5)

Aileron2
(CH7)

Flap3
(CH8)

Flap4
(CH9)
Flap2
(CH6)

Aileron2(CH7)（Tail type）‫ق‬1RUPDO‫ك‬

Elevator(CH2)‫ۋق‬WDLO‫ك‬

Elevator1
Rudder2(CH2)

Elevator2
Rudder1(CH4)

21

CHARGING THE BATTERIES (When the rechargeable battery option is used)&KDUJLQJ<RXU6\VWHP¶V%DWWHULHV
1. Connect the transmitter charging jack and batteries to the transmitter and receiver connectorsof the charger.
2. Plug the charger into a wall socket.
3. Check that the charger LED lights.

Charger

TX: Transmitter charging indicator
RX: Receiver charging indicator

Before use

To transmitter charging jack

Receiver battery

According to the description of the battery to be used
DQG LWV H[FOXVLYH FKDUJHU SOHDVH XVH LW DIWHU FDUU\LQJ
out full charge.
:H UHFRPPHQG FKDUJLQJ WKH EDWWHULHV ZLWK WKHFKDUJHU VXSSOLHG ZLWK \RXU V\VWHP Note that theuse of a fast charger may damage the batteries byoverheating and dramatically reduce their lifetime.
: K H Q + 7)% L V F K R V H Q  + % & $   L Vrecommended.
:KHQ FKDUJLQJ )7)% SOHDVH PDNH VXUH WR
remove the battery from the system to charge it.
Charger for this battery is recommended to use LBC4E5.

%DWWHU\&DUHDQG3UHFDXWLRQV
Below you will find some general rules and guidelines which should be adhered to whencharging transmitter and/or receiver battery packs. These are included to serve only as general
JXLGHOLQHVDQGDUHQRWLQWHQGHGWRUHSODFHRUVXSHUVHGHWKHLQIRUPDWLRQSURYLGHGE\WKHEDWWHU\DQGRUFKDUJHUPDQXIDFWXUHU)RUFRPSOHWHLQIRUPDWLRQSOHDVHUHIHUWRWKHLQVWUXFWLRQVWKDWDUH
LQFOXGHGZLWKWKHEDWWHU\SDFN V DQGRUFKDUJHUVWKDWDFFRPSDQ\WKHSURGXFWVSXUFKDVHG
• Do not allow children to charge battery packs without adult supervision.
• Do not charge battery packs that have been damaged in any way. We strongly suggest frequent
inspection of the battery packs to ensure that no damage has occurred.
• 'R QRW WR DOORZ EDWWHULHV WR RYHUKHDW ,I RYHUKHDWHG GLVFRQQHFW WKH EDWWHU\ IURP WKH FKDUJHU
immediately and allow to cool.
• 'RQRWPL[FHOOVDOOFHOOVVKRXOGEHRIWKHVDPHPDWHULDOFRQ¿JXUDWLRQHWF
• Do not deep cycle NiMH batteries as permanent damage could result.
• 1HYHUFKDUJHEDWWHULHVRQDVXUIDFHWKDWPD\EHFRPHKRWRUPD\EHLPSDFWHGE\WKHKHDW• ,PPHGLDWHO\HQGWKHFKDUJLQJSURFHGXUHLIHLWKHUWKHEDWWHULHVRUFKDUJHULWVHOIEHFRPHRYHUO\KRW• 1L0+FHOOVGRQRWH[KLELWWKH³PHPRU\HIIHFW´OLNH1L&GFHOOVVROLWWOHF\FOLQJLVQHHGHG6WRUH
1L0+SDFNVZLWKVRPHYROWDJHUHPDLQLQJRQWKHFHOOV UHIHUWREDWWHU\VXSSOLHU • NiMH cells have a self-discharge rate of approximately 20-25% (compared to 15% for NiCd
EDWWHULHV ,WLVLPSRUWDQWWRUHFKDUJH1L0+EDWWHULHVLPPHGLDWHO\SULRUWRXVH
• Never connect the battery in reverse. Reverse connection will cause the battery to overheat orwill damage the inside of the charger.
• Do not add an additional charge after charging.
• 1HYHUFKDUJHZLWKDFXUUHQWH[FHHGLQJWKHQRPLQDOFDSDFLW\ O& RIWKHUHFKDUJHDEOHEDWWHU\• ,IDEDWWHU\LVFKDUJHGZLWKDFXUUHQWH[FHHGLQJ&WKHEDWWHU\ZLOORYHUKHDWDQGGHWHULRUDWH
• Do not connect two battery packs or more to one output terminal.
• Avoid extremely cold and hot places and the direct sunlight when you charge batteries.
• ,WLVUHFRPPHQGHGWRSHUIRUPFKDUJLQJZLWKLQWKHa& ) UDQJH2WKHUZLVHLWPD\cause abnormal charging and overheat.

22

ADJUSTING THE LENGTH OF THE CONTROL STICKS
Stick tip A

Locking piece B

You may change the length of the control sticks to makeyour transmitter more comfortable to hold and operate. To
OHQJWKHQ RU VKRUWHQ \RXU WUDQVPLWWHU¶V VWLFNV ILUVW XQORFN
the stick tip by holding locking piece B and turning stick
WLS$ FRXQWHUFORFNZLVH 1H[W PRYH WKH ORFNLQJ SLHFH %
XSRUGRZQ WROHQJWKHQRUVKRUWHQ :KHQWKHOHQJWKIHHOVFRPIRUWDEOH ORFN WKH SRVLWLRQ E\ WXUQLQJ ORFNLQJ SLHFH %
counterclockwise.

STICK LEVER TENSION ADJUSTMENT

Four screws are
removed and rearcase is removed.

Elevator

Before use

<RXPD\DGMXVWWKHWHQVLRQRI\RXUVWLFNVWRSURYLGHWKHIHHOWKDW\RXSUHIHUIRUÀ\LQJ7RDGMXVW\RXU VSULQJV \RX¶OO KDYH WR UHPRYH WKH UHDU FDVH RI WKH WUDQVPLWWHU )LUVW UHPRYH WKH EDWWHU\FRYHURQWKHUHDURIWKHWUDQVPLWWHU1H[WXQSOXJWKHEDWWHU\ZLUHDQGUHPRYHWKHEDWWHU\IURPWKHWUDQVPLWWHU1H[WXVLQJDVFUHZGULYHUUHPRYHWKHIRXUVFUHZVWKDWKROGWKHWUDQVPLWWHU¶VUHDUFRYHULQSRVLWLRQDQGSXWWKHPLQDVDIHSODFH*HQWO\HDVHRIIWKHWUDQVPLWWHU¶VUHDUFRYHU1RZ
\RX¶OOVHHWKHYLHZVKRZQLQWKH¿JXUHDERYH
8VLQJDVPDOO3KLOOLSVVFUHZGULYHUURWDWHWKHDGMXVWLQJVFUHZIRUHDFKVWLFNIRUWKHGHVLUHGVSULQJ
tension. The tension increases when the adjusting screw is turned clockwise. When you are
VDWLV¿HGZLWKWKHVSULQJWHQVLRQVUHDWWDFKWKHWUDQVPLWWHU VUHDUFRYHU:KHQWKHFRYHULVSURSHUO\LQSODFHUHLQVWDOODQGWLJKWHQWKHIRXUVFUHZV5HLQVWDOOWKHEDWWHU\DQGFRYHU

RudderAileron
Stick

Stick

Mode 2 transmitter with rear case removed.

+ screw is clockwise.

+ screw is counter-clockwise.
Do not loosen
the screw past
the top of theframe, as thiswill cause thescrew to rub on
the back case.

Stick tension maximum

Stick tension minimum※A screw touches a case.

23

ADJUSTING DISPLAY CONTRAST
7RDGMXVWWKHGLVSOD\FRQWUDVWIURPWKHKRPHPHQXSUHVVDQGKROGWKHEND BUTTON.
Push the ＋− KEY while still holding the END BUTTON:＋ KEY to brighten− KEY to darken the display
END Key＋ Key

1.Press and hold

2.Push the +key

Before use

BrightEND Key− Key

1.Press and hold

2.Push the −key
Dark

CONNECTOR / PLUG
7UDLQHUIXQFWLRQFRQQHFWRU:KHQ\RXXVHWKHWUDLQHUIXQFWLRQFRQQHFWWKH
optional trainer cable between the transmittersfor teacher and student.
*You can set the trainer function on the Trainer Function
screen.
Trainer function
connector

Earphone
plug

24

S.BUS
FRQQHFWRU 6,)6%86FRQQHFWRU 6,)When setting an S.BUS servo and telemetry
VHQVRUFRQQHFWWKHPERWKKHUH
6XSSO\SRZHUE\ZD\KXERUZD\FRUG
(DUSKRQHSOXJ
The telemetry data can be listened to byplugging in commercial 3.5mm earphones. (See
WKHWHOHPHWU\LWHPIRUWKHGHWDLOHGVHWWLQJTRANSMITTER DISPLAYS & BUTTONS
:KHQ\RX¿UVWWXUQRQ\RXUWUDQVPLWWHUDFRQ¿UPDWLRQGRXEOHEHHSVRXQGVDQGWKHVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ DSSHDUV %HIRUH À\LQJ RU HYHQ VWDUWLQJ WKH HQJLQH EH VXUH WKDW WKH PRGHO W\SH DQG QDPHDSSHDULQJRQWKHGLVSOD\PDWFKHVWKHPRGHOWKDW\RXDUHDERXWWRÀ\,I\RXDUHLQWKHZURQJPRGHOPHPRU\VHUYRVPD\EHUHYHUVHGDQGWUDYHOVDQGWULPVZLOOEHZURQJSRWHQWLDOO\OHDGLQJWRDFUDVK(GLWEXWWRQVDQG6WDUWXS6FUHHQ DSSHDUVZKHQV\VWHPLV¿UVWWXUQHGRQ 
Total timer display <TIMER>
Shows the cumulated ON time. (hours:minutes)
Up/down timer display <ST1.ST2>(minutes:seconds)
Model timer display <MDL>
Shows the cumulated ON time for each model.(hours:minutes)
System timer display <SYS>
Shows the cumulated ON time.(hours:minutes)

TimersModel number
and name
Throttle trim
display

Model type
System
"T-FHSS" "S-FHSS"
Output display
Battery
voltage Telemetry
Receiving accuracy

Before use

Resetting timers:
Select the desired timer with JOG KEY. The timer display
ﬂashes. To reset the timer, press JOG KEY.

Press and hold ＋ KEY for one
second to open programming
menus.

Elevator trim
display

−key
END
Key

＋key
Jog key

Rudder trim
display

Aileron trim
display

JOG KEY:
Control JOG KEY to scroll up/scroll down/scroll left/scroll right and select the option to edit within a
IXQFWLRQ:KHQWKHPHQXKDVPXOWLSOHSDJHVPRYHWKHJOG KEY KRUL]RQWDOO\ OHIWRUULJKW 
Press JOG KEY to select the actual function you wish to edit from the menu.
Press JOG KEY DQG KROG RQH VHFRQG WR FRQILUP PDMRU GHFLVLRQV VXFK DV WKH GHFLVLRQ WR VHOHFW
D GLIIHUHQW PRGHO IURP PHPRU\ FRS\ RQH PRGHO PHPRU\ RYHU DQRWKHU WULP UHVHW VWRUH FKDQQHOSRVLWLRQLQ)DLO6DIHFKDQJHPRGHOW\SHUHVHWHQWLUHPRGHOFRQGLWLRQRIDKHOLFRSWHUVHWXSLVFKDQJHG
An on screen inquiry will ask if you are sure.
Press JOG KEY again to accept the change.

＋ KEY:

Press and hold ＋ KEYIRURQHVHFRQGWRRSHQSURJUDPPLQJPHQXV,WLVXVHGIRUFKDQJLQJDVHWXS
or a numerical increase. Changing the menus pages can also be performed.

− KEY:,WLVXVHGIRUFKDQJHRIDVHWXSRUUHGXFWLRQRIDQXPEHU&KDQJHRIWKHSDJHRIDPHQXFDQDOVREH
performed.

END BUTTON:
3UHVV(1'%87721WRUHWXUQWRSUHYLRXVVFUHHQFORVHIXQFWLRQVEDFNWRPHQXVDQGFORVHPHQXVWR
start-up screen.

25

WARNING & ERROR DISPLAYSAn alarm or error indication may appear on the display of your transmitter for a number of
UHDVRQV LQFOXGLQJ ZKHQ WKH WUDQVPLWWHU SRZHU VZLWFK LV WXUQHG RQ ZKHQ WKH EDWWHU\ YROWDJH LV
ORZDQGVHYHUDORWKHUV(DFKGLVSOD\KDVDXQLTXHVRXQGDVVRFLDWHGZLWKLWDVGHVFULEHGEHORZ
LOW BATTERY ERROR: Warning sound: Continuous beep until transmitter is powered off.
The LOW BATTERY warning is displayed when the transmitter battery voltage drops below 4.1V.
/DQG\RXUPRGHODVVRRQDVSRVVLEOHEHIRUHORVVRIFRQWUROGXHWRDGHDGEDWWHU\

Before use

MIXING ALERT WARNING: Warning sound: Several beeps repeated until problem resolved oroverridden.
The MIXING ALERT warning is displayed to alert you whenever
you turn on the transmitter with any of the mixing switches
active. This warning will disappear when the offending switch
or control is deactivated. Switches for which warnings will be
LVVXHGDWSRZHUXSDUHOLVWHGEHORZ7KURWWOHFXWLGOHGRZQVQDSUROODLUEUDNHWKURWWOHVWLFNDQGFRQGLWLRQPRWRU6:,IWXUQLQJDVZLWFK2))GRHVQRWVWRSWKHPL[LQJZDUQLQJ7KH
functions described previously probably use the same switch and the OFF direction setting
LVUHYHUVHG,QVKRUWRQHRIWKHPL[LQJVGHVFULEHGDERYHLVQRWLQWKH2))VWDWH,QWKLVFDVH
reset the warning display by pressing both ＋ / − KEYDWWKHVDPHWLPH1H[WFKDQJHRQH
of the switch settings of the duplicated mixings.
,I(6&PRGHLVFKRVHQE\7+5&87D7+5&87ZLOOQRWVWDUWZDUQLQJBACKUP ERROR::DUQLQJVRXQG6HYHUDOEHHSV UHSHDWHGFRQWLQXRXVO\
The BACKUP ERROR ZDUQLQJ RFFXUV ZKHQ WKH WUDQVPLWWHU PHPRU\ LV ORVW IRU DQ\ UHDVRQ ,I WKLVRFFXUVDOORIWKHGDWDZLOOEHUHVHWZKHQWKHSRZHULVWXUQHGRQDJDLQ
'R QRW À\ ZKHQ WKLV PHVVDJH LV GLVSOD\HG: all programminghas been erased and is not available. Return your transmitter toFutaba for service.
A setup of warning of each sensor can be performed in TELEMETRY.
70

26

70PDUNLVVKRZQDERXWZDUQLQJRI7(/(0(75<LINK PROCEDURE (T10J/R3008SB)(DFKWUDQVPLWWHUKDVDQLQGLYLGXDOO\DVVLJQHGXQLTXH,'FRGH,QRUGHUWRVWDUWRSHUDWLRQWKH
UHFHLYHUPXVWEHOLQNHGZLWKWKH,'FRGHRIWKHWUDQVPLWWHUZLWKZKLFKLWLVEHLQJSDLUHG2QFHWKH
OLQNLVPDGHWKH,'FRGHLVVWRUHGLQWKHUHFHLYHUDQGQRIXUWKHUOLQNLQJLVQHFHVVDU\XQOHVVWKH
UHFHLYHULVWREHXVHGZLWKDQRWKHUWUDQVPLWWHU:KHQ\RXSXUFKDVHDGGLWLRQDO56%UHFHLYHUVthis procedure is necessary; otherwise the receiver will not work.
/LQNSURFHGXUH
1. Place the transmitter and the receiverclose to each other within 20 inches(halfmeter).

Less than 20 inches

0'/6(/
6(/(㌣02'(/
&23<㌣02'(/
5(67㌣([HFXWH
5;㌣7)+66/,1.㌣,' ;;;;;;;;;

5. Hold down the jog key to enter the linkmode.
6. A chime from the transmitter notifies theoperator that the transmitter has entered
the link mode.
“Beep beep beep”(Enters the link mode for 20 seconds)

In "Link" Mode

,IWKHUHDUHPDQ\7)+66$LUV\VWHPVWXUQHGRQLQFORVH
SUR[LPLW\\RXUUHFHLYHUPLJKWKDYHGLI¿FXOW\HVWDEOLVKLQJa link to your transmitter. This is a rare occurrence.
+RZHYHUVKRXOGDQRWKHU7)+66$LUWUDQVPLWWHUUHFHLYHU
EHOLQNLQJDWWKHVDPHWLPH\RXUUHFHLYHUFRXOGOLQNWR
the wrong transmitter. This is very dangerous if you do
QRWQRWLFHWKLVVLWXDWLRQ,QRUGHUWRDYRLGWKHSUREOHPZH
strongly recommend you to double check whether yourreceiver is really under control by your transmitter.
:KHQ WKH OLQNHG WUDQVPLWWHU SRZHU LV WXUQHG RQcommunications begins.
:KHQXVLQJUHFHLYHUVSHUIRUPWKHOLQNLQJRSHUDWLRQWKH
VDPHDVWKHVWUHFHLYHU +RZHYHUZKHQUHFHLYHUVDUH
XVHGWKHWHOHPHWU\V\VWHPFDQQRWEHXVHG
*Link is required when a new model is made from a model
selection.

Before use

2. Turn on the transmitter.
3. Select [MDL-SEL] and access the setup
screen shown below by press the jog key .
4. Use the jog key to select (NO LINK) or the
ID number next to LINK in the [MDL-SEL]menu.

8. If the receiver ID is displayed in thetransmitter and the LED changed from red
blinking to a steady green light, linking iscomplete. (The receiver linking wait stateends in about 3 seconds.)
9. Check system operation. If the transmitterand receiver are not linked, try linking
again.

:$51,1*$IWHU WKH OLQNLQJ LV GRQH SOHDVH F\FOH
UHFHLYHUSRZHUDQGFKHFNWKDWWKHUHFHLYHU
WREHOLQNHGLVUHDOO\XQGHUWKHFRQWURORIWKHWUDQVPLWWHU
'RQ WSHUIRUPWKHOLQNLQJSURFHGXUHZLWKPRWRU VPDLQZLUHFRQQHFWHGRUZLWKWKH
HQJLQHRSHUDWLQJDVLWPD\UHVXOWLQVHULRXVLQMXU\Receiver ON
7. Immediately turn on the receiver power.
The receiver will enter the linking state(LED blinks red) about 3 seconds after thereceiver power is turned on.

27

RECEIVER NOMENCLATURE

Danger%HIRUHXVLQJWKHUHFHLYHUEHVXUHWRUHDGWKHSUHFDXWLRQVOLVWHGLQ
the following pages.

5HFHLYHU

5HFHLYHU56%

Do not connect either a switch
or battery in this manner.

'DQJHU&RQQHFWRU

Before use"1 through 6": outputs for the channels 1
through 6"7/B": outputs of 7 channels and power.
%&+VHUYR'RQ WFRQQHFWDFRQQHFWRUDVVKRZQLQD
EHIRUH¿JXUH,WZLOOVKRUWFLUFXLWLIFRQQHFWHGLQWKLVZD\$VKRUWFLUFXLWDFURVVWKHEDWWHU\WHUPLQDOVPD\FDXVHDEQRUPDOKHDWLQJ
¿UHDQGEXUQV'RQ W FRQQHFW VHUYR IRU FRQYHQWLRQDO
V\VWHPWR6%866%86SRUW'LJLWDOVHUYRIRUFRQYHQWLRQDOV\VWHPĺ,WGRHVQRWRSHUDWH$QDORJVHUYRĺ,WPD\FDXVHDEQRUPDOKHDW¿UHDQGEXUQLQJ<KDUQHVV:DUQLQJ
6%86FRQQHFWRUV%DWWHU\"8/SB": outputs of 8 channels or S.BUS port.
>6%866HUYR6%86*\UR@:KHQXVLQJ6%DV6%86\RXKDYHWRVHW
CH MODE of the following page to mode B ormode D.
"S.BUS2": outputs of S.BUS2 port.
>6%866HUYR6%86*\UR7HOHPHWU\6HQVRU@:KHQXVLQJRUPRUHFKDQQHOVXVHDQ6%86
function or use a second R3008SB and link bothto your transmitter.

'RQ W FRQQHFW DQ 6%86 VHUYR  J\UR WR
6%86FRQQHFWRU
/('0RQLWRU
This monitor is used to check the CH mode of
the receiver.

0RGH6ZLWFK
Use the small plastic screw driver that was
included with your receiver.
Switch is also used for the CH mode selection.

&RQQHFWRULQVHUWLRQ
Firmly insert the connector in the direction
VKRZQLQWKH¿JXUH,QVHUWWKH6%86E\WXUQLQJ
it 90 degrees.

28＋−([WUD9ROWDJH&RQQHFWRU

([WUD9ROWDJH&RQQHFWRU
Use this connector when using a voltage
telemetry device to send the battery voltage (DC0a9 IURPWKHUHFHLYHUWRWKHWUDQVPLWWHU
You will need to purchase the optional External
9ROWDJHLQSXWFDEOH &$59,1 )870
You can then make a cable with an extra
connector to the External voltage connector.

+RZWRFKDQJHWKH56%&KDQQHOPRGH'DQJHU'RQ WWRXFKZLULQJ
* There is a danger of receiving an electric shock.

'RQ WVKRUWFLUFXLWWKHEDWWHU\WHUPLQDOV* A short circuit across the battery terminals may cause
DEQRUPDOKHDWLQJ¿UHDQGEXUQV*Cannot exit this CH setting mode before the operation
PRGHLV¿[HG
*See the below table that shows correspondence between
&+PRGHDQGZD\RIÀDVKLQJ/('

3OHDVHGRXEOHFKHFN\RXUSRODULW\ ＋ DQG− ZKHQKRRNLQJXS\RXUFRQQHFWRUV*Default CH mode is "Mode B".

,I＋ and −RIZLULQJDUHPLVWDNHQLWZLOOGDPDJH
ignite and explode.

Before use

The R3008SB is capable of changing its channel
allocations as described in the table below.
1. Turn on the receiver. (At this moment, thetransmitter should be off.) Then, LED blinks
RED in about 3 seconds. Next, wait until it
becomes solid RED.
2. Press and hold the Mode Switch more than
5 seconds.
3. Release the button when the LED blinks
RED and GREEN simultaneously.
4. The receiver is now in the "Operation
CH Set" mode. At this moment, the LED
LQGLFDWHVFXUUHQWVHWVWDWXVWKURXJKÁDVKLQJa pattern that corresponds to the CHmode.

5. By pressing the Mode Switch, the operation
CH is switched sequentially as "Mode C""Mode D" "Mode A"....
6. The operation mode will be set by pressing
the Mode Switch more than 2 seconds atthe desired CH mode.
7. Release the button when the LED blinks
RED and GREEN simultaneously. Then, the
RSHUDWLRQ&+LVÀ[HG
8. After confirming the operation CH modeis changed, turn off and back on thereceiver power.

'RQ¶W FRQQHFW WR ([WUD 9ROWDJH EHIRUH
WXUQLQJRQDUHFHLYHUSRZHUVXSSO\R3008SB CH MODE
The R3008SB receiver is a very versatile
XQLW,WKDV3:0RXWSXWV6%86DQG6%86
outputs. Additionally the PWM outputs can be
FKDQJHGIURPFKDQQHOVWRFKDQQHOV,I
you only desire to use it as an 7 channel receiverZLWKRXW 6%86  LW FDQ EH XVHG ZLWKRXW DQ\setting changes.

*The “Operation CH Set” mode cannot be changed during
the receiver communicates to the transmitter.

R3008SB CH Mode table
Outputconnector

Channel1Mode Ａ
1 〜 8CH
1

Mode B
1 〜 7CH
1

Mode C
9 〜 10CH
9

Mode D
9 〜 10CH
9

2

2

2

10

10

3

3

3

−

−

4

4

4

−

−

5

5

5

−

−

6

6

6

−

−

7/B

7

7

−

−

8/SB

8

S.BUS

−

S.BUS

Red LED blink

1 time2 time3 time4 timeDefault CH mode

29

RECEIVER's ANTENNA INSTALLATION
7KH 56% KDV WZR DQWHQQDV ,Q RUGHU WR PD[LPL]H VLJQDO UHFHSWLRQ DQG SURPRWH VDIH
modeling Futaba has adopted a diversity antenna system. This allows the receiver to obtain RF
VLJQDOVRQERWKDQWHQQDVDQGÀ\SUREOHPIUHH
*Must be kept as straight as possible.

Antenna

Coaxial cable
R3008SB Receiver

Before use

To obtain the best results of the diversity
I X Q F W L R Q   S O H D V H  U H I H U  W R  W K H  I R O O R Z L Q Jinstructions:
1. The two antennas must be kept as straightas possible. Otherwise it will reduce theeffective range.
2. The two antennas should be placed at 90
degrees to each other.

AntennaThis is not a critical figure, but the mostimportant thing is to keep the antennas
away from each other as much as possible.
Larger models can have large metal
objects that can attenuate the RF signal. In
this case the antennas should be placedat both sides of the model. Then the best5)VLJQDOFRQGLWLRQLVREWDLQHGDWDQ\Á\LQJ
attitude.
3. The antennas must be kept away fromconductive materials, such as metal,
carbon and fuel tank by at least a halfinch. The coaxial part of the antennas does
not need to follow these guidelines, but do
not bend it in a tight radius.
4. Keep the antennas away from the motor,
ESC, and other noise sources as much as
possible.

Antenna*The two antennas should be placed at 90 degrees to each other.
7KH,OOXVWUDWLRQGHPRQVWUDWHVKRZWKHDQWHQQDVKRXOGEHSODFHG
5HFHLYHU9LEUDWLRQDQG:DWHUSURRILQJ7KHUHFHLYHUFRQWDLQVSUHFLVLRQHOHFWURQLFSDUWV%HVXUHWRDYRLGYLEUDWLRQVKRFN DQG WHPSHUDWXUH H[WUHPHV )RU SURWHFWLRQ ZUDS WKH UHFHLYHU LQ IRDP UXEEHU RU RWKHU YLEUDWLRQDEVRUELQJPDWHULDOV,WLVDOVRDJRRGLGHDWRZDWHUSURRIWKHUHFHLYHUE\SODFLQJLWLQDSODVWLFEDJDQGVHFXULQJWKHRSHQHQGRIWKH
EDJZLWKDUXEEHUEDQGEHIRUHZUDSSLQJLWZLWKIRDPUXEEHU,I\RXDFFLGHQWDOO\JHWPRLVWXUHRUIXHOLQVLGHWKHUHFHLYHU
\RXPD\H[SHULHQFHLQWHUPLWWHQWRSHUDWLRQRUDFUDVK,ILQGRXEWUHWXUQWKHUHFHLYHUWRRXUVHUYLFHFHQWHUIRUVHUYLFH

30

MOUNTING THE SERVOSAFETY PRECAUTIONS when
you install receiver and servos

Wood screw
RubbergrommetBrass eyelet

2.3-2.6mm nut
washerRubbergrommetBrass eyelet
Servo mount

Servo mount(Airplane/Glider)

2.3-2.6mm screw(Helicopter)&RQQHFWLQJFRQQHFWRUV%H VXUH WR LQVHUW WKH FRQQHFWRU XQWLO LW
VWRSVDWWKHGHHSHVWSRLQW+RZWRSURWHFWWKHUHFHLYHUIURPYLEUDWLRQDQGZDWHU:UDS WKH UHFHLYHU ZLWK VRPHWKLQJ VRIWVXFKDVIRDPUXEEHUWRDYRLGYLEUDWLRQ
,I WKHUH LV D FKDQFH RI JHWWLQJ ZHW SXWWKH UHFHLYHU LQ D ZDWHUSURRI EDJ RU
EDOORRQWRDYRLGZDWHU

5HFHLYHU VDQWHQQD
1HYHU FXW WKH UHFHLYHU V DQWHQQD 'R
QRWELQGWKHUHFHLYHU VDQWHQQDZLWKWKH
FDEOHVIRUVHUYRV

Before use

6HUYROHDGZLUHV
To prevent the servo lead cable from being
EURNHQ E\ YLEUDWLRQ GXULQJ IOLJKW SURYLGH D
little slack in the cable and fasten it at suitable
points. Periodically check the cable during daily
maintenance.

:DUQLQJ/RFDWH WKH UHFHLYHU V DQWHQQD DV IDU DV
SRVVLEOH IURP PHWDOV RU FDUERQ ILEHUFRPSRQHQWVVXFKDVIUDPHVFDEOHVHWF
Margin in the lead wire.

Fasten about 5-10cm
from the servo outlet sothat the lead wire is neat.

&XWWLQJRUELQGLQJWKHUHFHLYHU VDQWHQQDZLOOUHGXFHWKHUDGLRUHFHSWLRQVHQVLWLYLW\DQGUDQJH
and may cause a crash.

6HUYRWKURZMOUNTING THE POWER
SWITCH:KHQPRXQWLQJDSRZHUVZLWFKWRDQDLUIUDPH
make a rectangular hole that is a little larger than
the total stroke of the switch so that you can turnthe switch ON/OFF without binding.
Avoid mounting the switch where it can be
FRYHUHGE\HQJLQHRLODQGGXVW,QJHQHUDOLWLV
recommended to mount the power switch on the
VLGHRIWKHIXVHODJHWKDWLVRSSRVLWHWKHPXIÀHU$GMXVW \RXU V\VWHP VR WKDW SXVKURGVZLOOQRWELQGRUVDJZKHQRSHUDWLQJWKH
VHUYRVWRWKHIXOOH[WHQW
,IH[FHVVLYHIRUFHLVFRQWLQXRXVO\DSSOLHGWRDVHUYRWKHVHUYRFRXOGEHGDPDJHGGXHWRIRUFH
on the gear train and/or power consumption
causing rapid battery drain.

0RXQWLQJVHUYRV8VH D YLEUDWLRQSURRI UXEEHU VXFK DV
UXEEHU JURPPHW  XQGHU D VHUYR ZKHQPRXQWLQJ WKH VHUYR RQ D VHUYR PRXQW$QGEHVXUHWKDWWKHVHUYRFDVHVGRQRWWRXFKGLUHFWO\WRWKHPHWDOSDUWVVXFKDV
VHUYRPRXQW
,IWKHVHUYRFDVHFRQWDFWVWKHDLUIUDPHGLUHFWO\vibration will travel to and possibly damage theservo.

31

RANGE CHECK THE RADIO
$UDQJHFKHFNPXVWEHSHUIRUPHGEHIRUHWKH¿UVWÀLJKWRIDQHZPRGHO,WLVQRWQHFHVVDU\WRGR
DUDQJHFKHFNEHIRUHHYHU\ÀLJKW EXWLVQRWDEDGLGHDWRSHUIRUPDUDQJHFKHFNEHIRUHWKH¿UVWÀLJKWRIHDFKGD\ $UDQJHFKHFNLVWKH¿QDORSSRUWXQLW\WRUHYHDODQ\UDGLRPDOIXQFWLRQVDQGWR
be certain the system has adequate operational range.
We have installed a special “Power Down Mode” in the T10J in order to perform an operational
JURXQGUDQJHFKHFN'XULQJWKLVPRGHWKH5)SRZHULVUHGXFHGLQRUGHUWRWHVWWKHRSHUDWLRQDO
range of the T10J.
7RDFWLYDWHWKH3RZHU'RZQ0RGHDQG3HUIRUP$5DQJH&KHFN

Before use  7R DFWLYDWH WKH ³3RZHU 'RZQ 0RGH´ SOHDVH KROG
down the JOG KEY and then turn the transmitter switch
on. A power mode screen is displayed. Press the JOG
KEY to select the Power Down function. When thismode is active the red LED on the lighting from of
the transmitter will provide users with an audible andvisual indication that the transmitter is in the “Power'RZQ 0RGH´$XGLEO\ WKH WUDQVPLWWHU ZLOO EHHS RQH
WLPHHYHU\WKUHHVHFRQGV9LVXDOO\WKH/&'VFUHHQZLOO
display “POWER DOWN MODE”. The words “POWER
DOWN MODE” will blink as an additional reminderthat the transmitter is in the “Power Down Mode”.

Select the "OFF" andpress the Jog key.
A screen opens without
outputting power.
The receiver does notoperate.
Select the "ON" andpress the Jog key.
Power is usually
outputted from powermode.

 :LWKWKH³3RZHU'RZQ0RGH´DFWLYDWHGZDONDZD\IURPWKHPRGHOZKLOHVLPXOWDQHRXVO\RSHUDWLQJWKHFRQWUROV+DYHDQDVVLVWDQWVWDQGE\WKHPRGHODQGVLJQDOZKDWWKHFRQWUROVDUHGRLQJWRFRQ¿UPWKDWWKH\RSHUDWHFRUUHFWO\<RX
should be able to walk approximately 30-50 paces from the model without losing control.
  ,I HYHU\WKLQJ RSHUDWHV FRUUHFWO\ UHWXUQ WR WKH PRGHO  3XVK END KEY and complete power down mode. Set thetransmitter in a safe yet accessible location so it will be within reach after starting the engine. Be certain the throttle
VWLFNLVDOOWKHZD\GRZQDQGWKHQVWDUWWKHHQJLQH3HUIRUPDQRWKHUUDQJHFKHFNZLWK\RXUDVVLVWDQWKROGLQJWKHPRGHOand the engine running at various speeds.
,I WKH VHUYRV MLWWHU RU PRYH LQDGYHUWHQWO\ WKHUH PD\ EH D SUREOHP  'R 127 À\ WKH DLUFUDIW  /RRN IRU ORRVH VHUYR
connections or binding pushrods. Also be certain that the battery has been fully charged.
 1(9(5VWDUWÀ\LQJZKHQWKH³3RZHU'RZQ0RGH´LVDFWLYH
6HUYRWHVWRSHUDWLRQDWWKHWLPHRI3RZHU'RZQ0RGH
'XULQJ3RZHU'RZQPRGH\RXFDQXVHDXWRPDWLFVHUYRWHVWLQJWRFKHFNWKHUDQJHRIDVSHFL¿HGVHUYR LWPRYHVWRULJKWDQGOHIWVORZO\  $6(592LVFKRVHQIURPDPHQX JOG KEYLVPRYHGWRDVLGHDQGSDJHVLVFDOOHG1H[WJOG KEY is moved down and CH is displayed.
 &+RIWKHVHUYRZKLFKZDQWVWRRSHUDWHLVFKRVHQ7KHQWKH+ KEY is pressed and it is made ACT.
7KHVHUYRVHOHFWHGGXULQJ3RZHU'RZQ0RGHRSHUDWHVDORQHDOORZLQJ\RXWRFKHFNLWVRSHUDWLRQ,WLVGXULQJ3RZHU'RZQ0RGHVWDUWLQJDQGLI6(5927(67LVWXUQHG21LWZLOOPRYH
,QWKH3RZHU'RZQ0RGHWKHWKURWWOHVHUYRGRHVQRWRSHUDWH
+HOLFRSWHUPRGHFRQGLWLRQLV¿[HGWR125

'$1*(51(9(5VWDUWÀ\LQJZKHQWKH³3RZHU'RZQ
0RGH´ LV DFWLYH *Control is impossible and yourmodel crashes.

32

S.BUS/S.BUS2 INSTALLATIONThis set uses the S.BUS/S.BUS2 system. The wiring is as simplified and clean mounting as
SRVVLEOH HYHQ ZLWK PRGHOV WKDW XVH D ODUJH QXPEHU RI VHUYRV ,Q DGGLWLRQ WKH ZLQJV FDQ EH
quickly installed to the fuselage without any extraneous wiring by the use of only one simple
ZLUHHYHQZKHQWKHUHDUHDODUJHQXPEHURIVHUYRVXVHG
Ɣ:KHQXVLQJ6%866%86VSHFLDOVHWWLQJVDQGPL[HVLQ\RXUWUDQVPLWWHUPD\EHXQQHFHVVDU\Ɣ7KH6%866%86VHUYRVPHPRUL]HWKHQXPEHURIFKDQQHOVWKHPVHOYHV 6HWWDEOHZLWKWKH7Ɣ7KH6%866%86V\VWHPDQGFRQYHQWLRQDOV\VWHP UHFHLYHUFRQYHQWLRQDO&+XVHG FDQEHPL[HG
S.BUS

Glider usage example
Receiver: R3008SB
Servo: S3173SVi×9 (Optional)

HUB×1 (Optional)

i-i Connector (Optional)i Connector (Optional)* i-i Connector makes S.BUS connectionof SVi servo to SVi servo.

Before use

i-i Connector (Optional)* i Connector makes S.BUS
connection of SVi servo to receiver.

i-i Connector (Optional)
Throttle servo: BLS173SV ( Optional )S.BUS Aerobatic plane usage example

Battery: FR2F1800 ( Optional )Switch: HSW-L
Receiver: R3008SB
Aileron servo: BLS174SV×2 ( Optional )HUB×3 ( Optional )Rudder Servo: BLS175SV×1 ( Optional )Elevator servo: BLS173SVi×2 ( Optional )33

S.BUS WIRING EXAMPLE
Receiver●S.BUS Servo
Since the channel number is memorized by
the S.BUS itself, any connector can be used.
When the SBD-1 Decoder (sold separately) isused, ordinary servos can be used with theS.BUS system.

%DWWHU\

6%86
3RUW
6%

6ZLWFK*<([WHQVLRQFRUG

7HUPLQDOER[

Before use●7HUPLQDOER[
Four connectors can be inserted
+8%

+8%

+8%

:DUQLQJ
3RZHUVXSSO\
3OHDVH PDNH VXUH WKDW \RX
XVHDEDWWHU\WKDWFDQGHOLYHU
H Q R X J K  F D S D F L W \  I R U  W K HQXPEHU DQG NLQG RI VHUYRVX V H G   $ O N D O L Q H  E D W W H U L H VFDQQRWEHXVHG

6%866HUYR+8%‫ق‬$QRWKHUSRZHUVXSSO\‫ك‬
6ZLWFK+8%●When separate power supply used

+8%

%DWWHU\

When a large number of servos are used orwhen high current servos are used, the servos
can be driven by a separate power supply byusing a separate Power Supply 3-way Hub.

6%866HUYR
Green

+8%
+8%
OrangeThree connectors can beinserted.

34

Used when using a separate
power supply battery.

S.BUS2 SYSTEM
:KHQXVLQJWKH6%86SRUWDQLPSUHVVLYHDUUD\RIWHOHPHWU\VHQVRUVPD\EHXWLOL]HG

6%867$%/(
Receiver port

S.BUS Servo
S.BUS Gyro

S.BUS2 Servo
S.BUS2 Gyro

Telemetry sensor

S.BUS

○

○

×

S.BUS2

× （※）

○

○

6%86VHUYRVDQGJ\URVDQG6%86VHUYRVDQGJ\URVPXVWEHXVHGLQWKH
FRUUHFWUHFHLYHUSRUWV3OHDVHUHIHUWRWKHLQVWUXFWLRQPDQXDOWRPDNHVXUH\RXFRQQHFWWRWKHFRUUHFWRQH

&+0RGHLVVHWWR0RGH%>'@

6%86
3RUW
6%
6%86
3RUW

+XE

+XE

6%866HUYR
6%86VHUYR&RQQHFWLRQLVSRVVLEOH
6%86J\UR&RQQHFWLRQLVSRVVLEOH
7HOHPHWU\VHQVRU&RQQHFWLRQLVLPSRVVLEOH

Before use（※）'RQ WFRQQHFW6%866HUYR
S.BUS Gyro to S.BUS2 connector.

+XE

+XE

6%866HUYR

7HOHPHWU\
6HQVRU

6%86VHUYR&RQQHFWLRQLVLPSRVVLEOH

6%86
*<52
ٔ

5XGGHU6HUYR

35

S.BUS/S.BUS2 DEVICE SETTING
S.BUS/S.BUS2 servos or a telemetry sensor can be connected directly to the T10J. Channel
setting and other data can be entered for the S.BUS/S.BUS2 servos or sensors.

%DFNRI7-

Before use
3-way hubor Y-harnesses

6%866%86
GHYLFH
6%866%86
6HUYR
7HOHPHWU\VHQVRU

36

5HFHLYHUV%DWWHU\

1. Turn on the transmitter power.
2. Call the setup screen.
Servo: → S.BUS LINK → MODE IN
Sensor: → SENSOR → REGISTER
3. Connect the S.BUS device and battery you
want to set with a 3-way hub or Y-harnesses
DVVKRZQLQWKHÀJXUH
4. Perform setting in accordance with eachscreen.
5. This sets the channel and other data for each
S.BUS servo, or telemetry device to be usedwith the S.BUS device or receiver.

TELEMETRY SYSTEMThe R3008SB receiver features bi-directional communication with a T-FHSS Air Futaba
transmitter using the S.BUS2 port. Using the S.BUS2 port an impressive array of telemetry
VHQVRUVPD\EHXWLOL]HG,WDOVRLQFOXGHVERWKVWDQGDUG3:0RXWSXWSRUWVDQG6%86RXWSXW
ports.
*Telemetry is available only in the T-FHSS Air mode.
7KHWHOHPHWU\IXQFWLRQUHTXLUHVWKHFRUUHVSRQGLQJUHFHLYHU 56% 
7KH7-ZLOOHQWHUDQGNHHSWKH,'QXPEHURIWKH56%WKDWLWLVOLQNHGWR:KHQ\RXXVHWZRRUPRUH56%VHWWHOHPHWU\PRGHWR,1+

●Telemetry sensor (sold separately)

Info

SignalYour aircraft's data can be checked in thetransmitter by connecting various telemetry
sensors to the S.BUS2 connector of thereceiver.

Info

Before use

7-Power battery voltage isdisplayed at the transmitter.

voltage

Receiver6%86
&RQQHFWRU

6ZLWFKInfo

7HUPLQDOER[

Battery voltage isdisplayed at the transmitter.

Info

+8%

Info

+8%

●Slot Number
Servos are classified by channel, but sensors
are classified by “slot” . Since the initial slot
number of the T10J is preset at each sensor,
the sensors can be used as is by connecting
them. There are 1~31 slots.

7HPSHUDWXUH
6HQVRU

Slot 1530
6HQVRU

Slot 2$OWLWXGH
6HQVRU

Slot 3 〜 5

9ROWDJH
6HQVRU

Slot 6 〜 7*36
6HQVRU

Slot 8 〜 15

6HQVRU

Slot 16

6HQVRU

Slot 17

Info+8%

Slot 3137

Common function
The setting screens are called from the following menu. All the functions common toairplane, helicopter, glider, and multi-copter model types are shown here.

● First set the throttle
to slow.

To menu screenby holding down
the + key

● Then turn on the
power.
（Home screen）● W hen t h e E N D k e y i spressed, the display
returns to the home
screen.

END＋

Common function（1 second） ● When the + key is pressed for
1 second, the menu screen isdisplayed.

MENU
0(18岜岜岜岜

MENU
1/3

㌣0'/6(/㌣0'/1$0(㌣)$,/6$)(㌣5(9(56(㌣7,0(5㌣6(592㌣(1'32,17㌣75,0㌣68%75,0㌣30,;
㌣$8;&+$1㌣3$5$0(7(50(18岜岜岜岜 

MENU
2/3

㌣7(/(0(75<㌣6(1625㌣6%86/,1.
㌣0'/75$16㌣75$,1(5㌣$,/',))㌣$,/‫ڀ‬58'㌣97$,/㌣*<526(16㌣(/(921㌣$,/9$725㌣7+5‫ڀ‬1(('/（Selection）● Move the cursor( h i g h l i g ht e d ) u p a n ddown and to the left andright with the Jog key andselect the function.
The cursor can be moved
over several pages.

0(18岜岜岜岜  

MENU
3/3

38

㌣'5(;32㌣)/$3(521㌣$,5%5.
㌣)/$3‫(ڀ‬/(㌣(/(‫)ڀ‬/$3㌣)/$375,0㌣7+5&87㌣,'/('2:1㌣61$352//㌣7+5&859(㌣3,7&859(㌣7+5岜'(/$<（Calling the setting screen）● Press the Jog key to open thesetting screen.

key ／ LCD●＋ key●− key●Jog key●END key■ Function
MENU1/3(P.40)TELEMETRY(P.66)

Model select ／ Model Copy ／ Data
reset ／ RX ／ Link

Telemetry Display ／ Alarm setup

MDL-NAME

Telemetry sensor(P.43)

Model name ／ User name

FAIL SAFE(P.45)

Fail safe

REVERSE(P.47)

Servo reverse

TIMER(P.48)SENSOR
SBUS LINK(P.83)(P.89)

S.BUS servo set up

MDL-TRANS(P.92)

Data transfer of another 10J or 8J

TRAINER
Trainer(P.93)

Common function

MDL-SELMENU2/3

Timer

SERVO

(P.49)

Servo monitor ／ Servo test

END POINT(P.50)

End point

TRIM(P.51)

Trim reset ／ Trim step

SUB TRIM(P.52)Sub trim

P.MIX1-6(P.53)

Program mixing 1 〜 6

AUX-CHAN(P.56)

AUX channel

PARAMETER(P.58)

Data reset ／ Model type ／ ATLtrim ／ LCD contrast ／ Back light :mode, time, adjustment ／ Home
display ／ Battery alarm ／ Battery
vibration ／ Buzzer tone ／ Jognavi ／ Jog light ／ Jog time ／Telemetry : mode, unit ／ Speech :language, volume ／ Stick position
alarm

39

MDL-SEL

Model select（select ／ copy ／ reset ／ RX type ／ link）(Common)

Function
This function is used when calling and copying
model data stored in the transmitter. The selectedmodel data can also be reset. System changes(T-FHSS Air, S-FHSS) matched to the receiver typeand linking with the receiver are also done here.

Model select（SELECT）
The model data of up to 30 models can be stored in the transmitter. This function is used whencalling saved model data.

Model copy（COPY）
This is the model data copy function. It is convenient when you want to store model data as backup
or build a number of models with the same data settings.
● The data of the model memory currently in use can be copied to another model memory.

Data reset（RESET）
The model data currently in use can be reset to its initial value. However, it does not Reset otherthan the following of a parameter.
[ The function reset in a parameter : ATL trim, TELEMETRY mode, STK POSI ALRM ]Receiver selection（RX）

Common function

The R3008SB supplied with the transmitter, employs the T-FHSS Air system. When you want to usean S-FHSS receiver, switch to S-FHSS here. However, the telemetry function cannot be used with the
S-FHSS system.

Link（LINK）
When linking with the receiver, the transmitter is set to the link mode here. The ID number of thecurrently linked receiver is displayed.

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.

＋

Model copy
Data reset
RX system
Link

40③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

（1 second）

Model select● Select the setting
item with the Jog
key.

② Select "MDL-SEL"
from the menu with the Jog
key.

0'/6(/
6(/(㌣02'(/
&23<㌣02'(/
5(67㌣([HFXWH
5;㌣7)+66$LU/,1.㌣,' ;;;;;;;;;（Model number：1 〜 30）● Original data : Model type
Model name● Copy place : Model type Model
name● System（T-FHSS Air or S-FHSS)● Link receiver ID

Model select① Select the SELECT item and thenselect the model number bypressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋

② P r e s s t h e Jog key f o r 1
second.

③ Select the model by pressing the
Jog key.

（1 second）−
or

Selection range：1 〜 30

● Conﬁrmation message"sure?" blinks.

● A confirmation "beepbeep" sounds to show that
selection is complete.

For safety, a double setting system is used. When a change is cancelled after the confirmation message isdisplayed, the change is not made when moved to another setting item by Jog key.

Model copy
① Select the COPY item and the selectthe model number of the copy
destination by pressing the + key
or ‒ key.

＋② P r e s s t h e Jog key f o r 1
second.
（1 second）−
or③ Copy the model by pressing the
Jog key.

Selection range：1 〜 30

● A confirmation "beep"sounds and "COMPLETE"
is displayed on the screen
to show that copying iscomplete.

For safety, a double setting system is used. When a change is cancelled after the confirmation message isdisplayed, the change is not made when moved to another setting item by Jog key.

Common function● Conﬁrmation message"sure?" blinks.

Data reset① Select the REST item and then press the Jog
key for 1 second.

② Data reset by pressing the Jog key.

（1 second）● Conﬁrmation message "sure?" blinks.

● A confirmation "beep" sounds and"COMPLETE" is displayed on the screen iscomplete.

For safety, a double setting system is used. When a change is cancelled after the conﬁrmation message
is displayed, the change is not made when moved to another setting item by Jog key.

CAUTION
Only the throttle channel (CH3) initial setting is REV (reverse). Thoroughly
check the Hi and Low directions of the engine or motor used and be careful thatthey do not suddenly run at full speed. Even after data reset, CH3 is reversed.

41

RX type① Select the RX item and then selectT-FHSS Air or S-FHSS by pressing
the + key or ‒ key.

＋

② RX type change by pressing the
Jog key.
● Conﬁrmation message"sure?" blinks.

−or● A confirmation "beep"sounds is complete.

Selection range：T-FHSS Air,S-FHSSFor safety, a double setting system is used. When a change is cancelled after the confirmation message isdisplayed, the change is not made when moved to another setting item by Jog key.

Link
① Select the LINK item and then press the Jog key
for 1 second.
（1 second）

Common function● T-FHSS Air only. S-FHSS does not enter the linkmode. Use the receiver link button to link thereceiver.

② Enters the link mode for about 20 seconds.
During this time, bring the receiver near thetransmitter and turn on the receiver power.
When linking, the receiver ID is displayed.
● In the link mode, a confirmation "beepbeep beep" sounds and the timeremaining is displayed on the screen.
W h e n 20 s e c o n d s h a v e e l a p s e d , acontinuous beep sounds and the linkmode is exited.

For safety, linking must not be performed while the drive motor or engine is running. When linking iscomplete, turn the power oﬀ and on and check operation.

*Link is required when a new model is made from a model selection.

42

MDL-NAME Model name ／ User name(Common)

Function
A model name is inputted into each model in
T10J.
User name is inputted into T10J.
Model name setting（MDL NAME）
This function assigns a name to the model data. The model name is displayed on the top row of thehome screen. This serves to prevent model memory mistakes if the current aircraft name or othername is entered.
● Up to 10 characters can be set.

User name setting（USR NAME）
The user name displayed on the home screen can be set. (When a user name is not set, the Futaba
logo is displayed) When the home screen display is changed to USR-NAME by PARAMETER, the set
user name is displayed on the home screen.
● Up to 10 characters can be set.

Method
① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.

＋② Select "MDL-NAME"
from the menu with the Jog
key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

（1 second）

Common function

Calling the setting screen（Reset）
Model name（Candidate characters）● Characters that can be entered ;Numeric/upper case alphabet/lower case alphabet

User name

Model name① Move the cursor to the model
name digit you want to change bypressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋−

② Move the cursor to thecandidate character you
want to change with the
Jog key.

③ Change the character by pressing
the Jog key.

or

Set the model name by repeating steps ① to ③ above.
Reset method：When the cursor is moved to any digit of the model name by + key or ‒ key and the
Jog key is pressed in the state in which the cursor was moved to RESET by Jog key, the model namereturns to its initial setting.

43

User name① Move the cursor to the user name
digit you want to change bypressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋

or

−

② Move the cursor to thecandidate character you
want to change with the
Jog key.

③ Change the character by pressing
the Jog key.

Set the user name by repeating steps ① to ③ above.

Reset method: When the cursor is moved to any digit of the user name by + key or ‒ key and the Jog
key is pressed in the state in which the cursor was moved to RESET by Jog key, the user name returns
to its initial setting (Futaba logo).

Displaying the user name on the home screen
The set user name can be displayed on the home screen. (When a user name is not set, the Futaba logo isdisplayed.) When the home screen display is changed to USR-NAME by PARAMETER, the set user name isdisplayed.

Common function

Calling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.

＋② Select "PARAMETER"
from the menu with the Jog
key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

② Select "USR-NAME" bypressing the + key or ‒ key.

③ End setting by pressing the
END key.

（1 second）

Parameter① Select "HOME-DSP" from theparameter 2 page with the Jog key.

＋

44

−

END

Fail safe

FAIL SAFE(Common)

Function
When normal radiowaves cannot be received due
to noise and interference, the NOR mode, whichholds the servo of each channel in its position
immediately before reception was lost, or F/S (FailSafe) mode, which moves the servo of each channel
to a preset position, can be selected. When T-FHSS
Air is selected, the battery fail safe voltage can beset.
ŏ:KHQ WKH WKURWWOH FKDQQHO ZDV UHYHUVHG E\ VHUYRUHYHUVH IXQFWLRQ WKH )6 GDWD LV DOVR UHYHUVHG
7KURWWOH FKDQQHO RQO\  ,I WKH UHFHLYHU EDWWHU\YROWDJH GURSV EHORZ WKH VHW YDOXH ZKHQ WKH IDLO
VDIH PRGH ZDV VHOHFWHG WKH EDWWHU\ IDLO VDIH
IXQFWLRQPRYHVWKHVHUYRWRDSUHVHWSRVLWLRQ
ŏ7KH6)+66IDLOVDIHYROWDJHLV9
ŏ2QO\WKHWKURWWOHFKDQQHOEDWWHU\IDLOVDIHIXQFWLRQFDQEHWXUQHGRQDQGRII

Methodŏ:KHQWKLVIXQFWLRQZDVSHUIRUPHGUHVHWWKHEDWWHU\IDLO VDIH IXQFWLRQ E\ WKH IROORZLQJ PHWKRG DQGLPPHGLDWHO\ODQG
Reset method： T h e b a t t e r y fa i l s a fe fun c t i o n c a n b etemporarily disabled by moving the throttle stick to the slowest
side. However, after 30 seconds the battery fail safe function will
return to the battery fail safe state.

WARNINGFor safety, always set the fail safe functions.
Ɣ5HPHPEHUWRVHWWKHWKURWWOHFKDQQHOIDLOVDIHIXQFWLRQVRWKDWthe servo moves to the maximum slow side for airplanes andto the slow side from the hovering position for helicopters.
Crashing of the model at full high when normal radio waves
cannot be received due to interference, etc., is very dangerous.
Ɣ,IWKHEDWWHU\IDLOVDIHLVUHVHWE\WKHWKURWWOHVWLFNLWPD\
be mistaken for an engine malfunction and will be reset at
WKURWWOHVORZDQGWKHPRGHOZLOOFRQWLQXHWRÀ\,I\RXKDYH
any doubts, immediately land.

① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.

＋② Select "Fail safe"
from the menu with the Jog
key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

（1 second）

F/S Position
Mode select● Select the setting itemwith the Jog key.

)$,/6$)(7)+66

Common function

Calling the setting screen

B-F/S : ON/OFF

02'(326,%)6$,/ ㌣125(/( ㌣125$&77+5 ㌣)6
 58' ㌣125*(5 ㌣125

Fail safe■ Mode selection（When F/S mode was selected）① Select the mode bypressing the + key or‒ key at the MODE
item of each channel.

■ F/S position■ When using the B-F/S mode

② In the mode selected state, set the F/
S position by holding the stick of thatchannel in the position you want to set
and press the Jog key for 1 second.

① Select ACT by pressing the + key or‒ key at the B-F/S item.

＋−
or（Range）
NOR, F/S● A conﬁrmation beeping sounds toshow that the servo position was
set.

＋

−
or

（Range ／ Default）
INH, ACT ／ INH

45

Battery fail safe voltage setting① Select BATTERY F/S VOLTAGEon page 3 of the fail safe screenwith the Jog key.

② Set the voltage bypressing the + key or ‒
key.

＋

−

（Set up range）
3.8V 4.0V 4.2V 4.4V 4.6V 4.8V
5.0V 5.3V 5.6V 5.9V 6.2V 6.5V
6.8V 7.1V 7.4V

Common function46③ End setting by pressing the
END key.

END

REVERSE

Servo reverse

Function
Servo reversing (REVERSE): changes the
direction an individual servo responds to a&21752/67,&.PRWLRQ

CAUTION(Common)For CCPM helicopters, be sure to read thesection on SWASH AFR before reversing any
servos.
With the exception of CCPM helicopters, always
complete your servo reversing prior to any otherprogramming.
When using ACRO functions that control
PXOWLSOHVHUYRVVXFKDV)/$3(521RU97$,/LW
may be confusing to determine whether the servo
needs to be reversed or a setting in the functionneeds to be reversed. Refer to the instructions foreach specialized function for further details.

Only the throttle channel (CH3) initial setting is REV (reverse). Thoroughly check the Hi and Low directions of theengine or motor used and be careful that they do not suddenly run at full speed.
Since the direction of the ailerons of an airplane can be easily mistaken, be very careful.

MethodCalling the setting screen＋② Select "REVERSE"
from the menu with the Jog
key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

（1 second）

To prevent erroneous setting, after the servo reverse screen was called as described above, the channel
will not be selected if the Jog key is not pressed at the left and right.

Channel select● Select the channel with the
Jog key.

5(9(56($ ( 7 5 * ) $ $ $ $, / + 8 ( / 8 8 8 8/ ( 5 ' 5 3    
5(9125         Common function① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.

● The currently selected channel
is highlighted.

● Display Reverse/Normal
REV：Reverse
NOR：Normal（Channel number）

Servo Reverse① Channel is Select by Jog
key.

Selection range：1 〜
10ch② NOR or REV is chosen by Jog key.

● The confirmation message "sure?"
blinks on the screen. (Not displayed
if the same as before.)③ Reverse the servo by pressing the
Jog key.

● A c on f i r m ati on b e e p i ng
sounds and the direction ofoperation is reversed.

For safety, a double setting system is used. When a change is cancelled after the confirmation message isdisplayed, the change is not made when moved to another setting item by Jog key.

47

TIMER

Timer(Common)

Function
The timer is convenient during a competition to
VHWWKHVSHFL¿HGDPRXQWRIWLPHRUWKHÀ\LQJWLPH
on a full tank of fuel.
ŏ7ZRWLPHUV\VWHPVFDQEHVHW7LPHU705!DQG
7LPHU705!
ŏ7KH WLPHUV FDQ EH VHW IRU HDFK PRGHO 6LQFH WKHWLPHUVFDQEHVHWWRPDWFKWKHPRGHOWKH\GRQRW
KDYHWREHUHVHWHDFKWLPHWKHPRGHOLVFKDQJHG
ŏ7KH W\SH RI WLPHU FDQ EH VHOHFWHG IURP DPRQJ
XS 83  GRZQ '2:1  DQG GRZQ VWRS '1673 
7KHXSWLPHULVFRXQWHGXSIURPDQGWKHHODSVHG
WLPHLVGLVSOD\HGRQWKHVFUHHQ7KHGRZQWLPHULV
FRXQWHGGRZQIURPWKHVHWWLPHDQGWKHUHPDLQLQJWLPH LV GLVSOD\HG RQ WKH VFUHHQ 7KH GRZQ VWRSWLPHUVWRSVWKHFRXQWDW(DFKWLPHUFDQEHVHWXSWRPLQXWHVVHFRQGVŏ6ZLWFKHV $ WR + WKURWWOH VWLFN 677+5  RU SRZHUVZLWFK 3:56:  FDQ EH VHOHFWHG DV WKH VWDUWVWRS VZLWFK 216:  7KH 212)) GLUHFWLRQ FDQDOVREHVHW+RZHYHUZKHQWKHSRZHUVZLWFKZDVVHOHFWHGWKHWLPHUVWDUWVZKHQWKHSRZHUVZLWFKLV
WXUQHGRQ
ŏ:KHQ WKH WLPHU \RX ZDQW WR UHVHW LV VHOHFWHGZLWK WKH -RJ NH\ DQG WKH -RJ NH\ LV SUHVVHG IRU VHFRQG DW WKH KRPH VFUHHQ WKH WLPHU LV UHVHW6ZLWFKHV$WR+FDQEHVHOHFWHGDVWKHUHVHWVZLWFK
566: 7KH212))GLUHFWLRQFDQDOVREHVHW
ŏ7KH XSGRZQ WLPHU DXGLEOH DODUP LQGLFDWHV WKH
WLPHE\DEHHSHYHU\VHFRQGFRQWLQXRXVEHHSLQJ
DW  VHFRQG LQWHUYDOV IURP  VHFRQGV EHIRUH WKHVHWWLPHDQGDFRQWLQXRXVEHHSLQJDWDVHFRQG
LQWHUYDOIURPVHFRQGVEHIRUHWKHVHWWLPH

MethodCommon function

Calling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.

＋② Select "TIMER"
from the menu with the Jog
key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

（1 second）● Select the item with the
Jog key.

● When the throttle switch is

7,0(5Time set up
Mode selection
ON Switch selection
Switch direction
Reset Switch selection
Switch direction（Timer1） （Timer2）

selected at switch selection,
hold the throttle stick in theposition you want to set the
ON/OFF point at ON direction
setting and set the ON/OFF
position by pressing the Jog key
for 1 second. The timer is turned
ON at points higher than thisposition. The ON direction canbe switched by pressing the +key or ‒ key.

Timer ＜TMR1＞＜TMR2＞■ Mode selection① Select timer mode

from the "MODE"
with the ＋ or − key.

＋

−
or

（Range ／ Default）
UP, DOWN, DN-STP/UP48■ Timer time setting■ Switch selection and ON direction setting② Set the time bypressing the + key or‒ key at each TIME
(minutes):(second)item.

③ Select the switch by pressing the + key or ‒ key at
the ON-SW or RS-SW item and set the ON direction bypressing the + key or ‒ key at the ON direction setting
item.
(Switch setting range/Default)
ON-SW: SwA 〜 H, ST-THR, PWR-SW/SwA
RS-SW: SwA 〜 H/SwA(Switch ON direction/Default)
3P SW: NULL (normally oﬀ), UP, UP&DWN, UP&CNT, CENTER,
CNT&DN, DOWN/NULL
2P SW: NULL, UP, DOWN/NULL（Range ／ Default）
0 〜 99 m i n u t e s 59
seconds/10 minutes 00
secondServo monitor ／ Servo test

SERVO
Function

The servo display/servo test function displays
the CH1 to CH10 servo output bar graph and tests
servo operation.
ŏ7KHVHUYRGLVSOD\IXQFWLRQFDQEHXVHGIRUDVLPSOHRSHUDWLRQ FKHFN RI VXFK IXQFWLRQV DV WKH PL[LQJ
IXQFWLRQŏ:KHQWKHVHUYRWHVWIXQFWLRQLVWXUQHGRQWKHVHUYRPRYHV WR WKH OHIW DQG ULJKW DW WKH VHW SHULRG $

Method(Common)YDULDEOH VSHHG /15 OLQHDU  PRGH RU À[HG VSHHG
-03 MXPS  PRGH FDQ EH VHOHFWHG 7KLV FDQ EH
XVHGWRFKHFNWKHVHUYRHWF2SHUDWLRQ212))
FDQDOVREHVHOHFWHGIRUHDFKFKDQQHOCAUTION
Using the servo test will move the servos totheir full throw. Do not use this with linkages
installed. Using it may damage the servo andlinkage.

Calling the setting screen② Select "SERVO"
from the menu with the Jog
key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

6(592岜岜
7(67㌣

Switching to the servo test
screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.

＋（1 second）● Switch the screen by selecting
TEST and operating the jog
key to the left and right.
● The servo operating positionof each channel is displayedon a bar graph.

● Select the setting itemwith the Jog key.

(Servo Test）
Servo test ON/OFF

Channel Select6(592岜岜*53+㌣
7<3(㌣/157(67㌣2))
&<&/㌣
63'㌣ ‫ٹ‬$&7‫ٸ‬,1+ &+㌣ٕ‫ٸ ٸ ٸ ٸ ٸ ٸ ٸ ٹ‬

Common function(Servo Monitor）

Screen change● Where "GRPH" is chosen, a
Jog key is pressed in right or
left.

Type SelectCycle SelectSpeed setting● Operation of a servo test

Servo test
■ Type/cycle/speed setting■ Channel selection■ Servo test start/stop① Select the setting item (TYPE, CYCL,SPD) with the Jog key and set the itemby pressing the + key or ‒ key.

② Select the channel you want totest with the Jog key and selectACT/INH by pressing the + key
or ‒ key.

③ Select the "TEST" itemwith the Jog key andstart/stop the servo test
by pressing the + key or ‒
key.

＋

−
or

＋

−
or

（Range ／ Default）
TYPE：LNR, JMP ／ LNR
CYCL：1 〜 100 ／ 10（full speed at 1）
SPD：1 〜 100 ／ 7（full speed at 100）

＋

−
or

Selection range：ACT, INH
Default：INH（only CH1 is ACT）

Selection range：ON, OFF
Default：OFF

49

END POINT

End point(Common)

Function
The End Point function adjusts the left and right
servo throws, generates differential throws, andwill correct improper linkage settings.

Servo throw

ŏ7KH VHUYR WUDYHO FDQ EH DGMXVWHG LQGLYLGXDOO\ DW
WKHOHIWDQGULJKWVLGHVAt 100% setting the servo throw of each channel is about 40°
for channels 1 to 4 and about 55° for channels 5 to 10.
However, the maximum servo travel for channels 5 to 10 isabout 110%.
*When channels 5 to 8 were mixed by ﬂaperon, diﬀerential orailvator, the throw becomes the same (about 40° ) as channels
1 to 4.

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.

＋② Select "END POINT"
from the menu with the Jog
key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

（1 second）

Common function(1'32,17● Select the channel with
the Jog key.

&+$,/‫ځ‬‫ڀ‬  
‫ ڀ‬$,/ 
(/( 
7+5 
58' 
*(5 

● The setting rate of eachchannel（Left ／ Down） （Right ／ Up）
rate display rate display＜ ChannelDisplay ＞
ACROBATICHELICOPTERGLIDER (AF4)
MULTICOPTER
1: AIL（Aileron） 6: FLP（Flap）1: AIL（Aileron） 6: PIT（PITCH）1: AIL（Aileron） 6: FL2（Flap2） 1: AIL（Aileron） 6: AU6
2: ELE（Elevator）7: AU7
2: ELE（Elevator）7: AU7
2: ELE（Elevator）7: AL2（Aileron2）2: ELE（Elevator）7: AU7
3: THR（Throttle）8: AU8
3: THR（Throttle）8: AU8
3: MOT（Motor） 8: FL3（Flap3） 3: THR（Throttle）8: AU8
4: RUD（Rudder）9: AU9
4: RUD（Rudder）9: AU9
4: RUD（Rudder）9: FL4（Flap4） 4: RUD（Rudder）9: AU9
5: GER（Gear） 10: AU0
5: GYR（GYRO） 10: AU0
5: FLP（Flap）
10: AU0
5: MOD
10: AU0

End point① A channel is chosen by Jog key.

Selection range：1 〜 10ch

② Operate the stick or knob of the selectedchannel fully to the left (down) or right (up)and adjust the rate by pressing the + key or‒ key.

＋

or−

Range：
0 〜 140%
Default：100%● When you want toreturn the set value
to the initial value,press the + key and ‒key simultaneously.

Adjust the rate of each direction of the stick and VR by repeating step ① .

50

TRIM

Trim reset ／ Trim step(Common)

Function
Trim Step

Trim ResetThis function returns the trim of the model
memory in use to the center (initial state).
However, at this time, sub trim and trim stepamount are not reset.

MethodThe amount of trim change per step can bechanged between 1 and 40 according to the aircraft
capacity and trim application.
Set it to match the application. With ordinary
aircraft, a setting of about 2 to 10 should be fine.
,QLWLDOYDOXH

Calling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.

＋② Select"TRIM"
from the menu with the Jog
key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

（1 second）

Trim Reset● The numbers in ( ) indicate
the current trim position. (Thetrim operating range is 120 〜
100[DT5,DT6]）

Trim step● Select the item with the
Jog key.

Common function

75,0（Trim step rate）

Trim reset① Select the RESET item and press the Jog key for 1 second.
（1 second）● For example, when the step size is
the initial value (4), trim movementfrom center to end is 30 steps. If thestep size is made 40, the trim moves 3
steps.

● A "beep" sounds to indicate that resetting iscomplete. At this time, the trim position number
returns to 0.

Trim step① Select the trim you want to set from the STEP itemand set the step size by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋

−
or

Range：1 〜 40
Default：4● When you want to return theset value to the initial value,press the + key and ‒ key
simultaneously.

51

SUB TRIM

Sub trim(Common)

Function
The Sub-Trim function is used to set the servo
neutral position, and may be used to make fineadjustments to the control surface after linkages
and pushrods are hooked up. When you begin to set
up a model, be sure that the digital trims are set totheir center position.

Setting precautions
If sub trim is too large, the servo operating range
may be exceeded at maximum control surface
angle and generate a dead band in which the servo
does not operate. First connect the linkage so thatthe amount of sub trim used is held to a minimum.

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.

＋② Select "SUB TRIM"
from the menu with the Jog
key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

（1 second）

Common function

68%75,0● Select the channel with the
Jog key.



&+$,/‫ ڀ‬$,/(/(
7+5
58'
*(5

● SUB trim rate of each channel.

SUB trim rate of the selected channel.
＜ ChannelDisplay ＞
ACROBATICHELICOPTERGLIDER (AF4)
MULTICOPTER
1: AIL（Aileron） 6: FLP（Flap）1: AIL（Aileron） 6: PIT（PITCH）1: AIL（Aileron） 6: FL2（Flap2） 1: AIL（Aileron） 6: AU6
2: ELE（Elevator）7: AU7
2: ELE（Elevator）7: AU7
2: ELE（Elevator）7: AL2（Aileron2）2: ELE（Elevator）7: AU7
3: THR（Throttle）8: AU8
3: THR（Throttle）8: AU8
3: MOT（Motor） 8: FL3（Flap3） 3: THR（Throttle）8: AU8
4: RUD（Rudder）9: AU9
4: RUD（Rudder）9: AU9
4: RUD（Rudder）9: FL4（Flap4） 4: RUD（Rudder）9: AU9
5: GER（Gear） 10: AU0
5: GYR（GYRO） 10: AU0
5: FLP（Flap）
10: AU0
5: MOD
10: AU0

Sub trim① A channel is chosen by Jog key.

② Select the SUB trim you want to set fromchannel item and set the rate by pressing
the + key or ‒ key.

＋
Selection range：(page 1) 1 〜 5ch(page 2) 6 〜 10ch

52

−
or

Range：-120 〜 +120%
Default：0%● When you want toreturn the set value
to the initial value,press the + key and ‒key simultaneously.

P.MIX1-6

Program mixing 1 〜 6(Common)

Function
Mixing that can independently customize 6functions can be used. Programmable mixing isused to remove bad tendencies of the aircraft and
PDNH RSHUDWLRQ SOHDVDQW ,Q DGGLWLRQ WR PL[LQJbetween arbitrary channels, this function includes

linking (linking with another mix), trim addition,offset, and switch setting functions.

P.MIX 1 〜 4 (normal type)The following functions can be set for programmable mixing 1 to 4:【Mixing Channel】● Use this function by changing the channel because the master channel and slave channels initial setting is atemporary combination.
● When OFS was selected as the master channel, the mixing rate setting applies to slave only. When a mixing
rate is set, slave servo operation is oﬀset by that amount.
● A knob (VR) or digital trim (DT5, DT6), as well as a channel, can be selected as the master channel.

【Trim selection】● Whether or not mixing includes master channel trim operation can be selected.
● The master channel mixing reference point can be shifted.

【Switch selection】● The programmable mixing ON/OFF switch can be selected. The switches that can be selected are switches A to
H and the throttle stick.
● The switch operating direction can be set. When a 2 position switch was selected, up /down can be set, andwhen a 3 position switch was selected, up/up and down /up / and center/center/center and down /down canbe selected. When the throttle stick was selected, the ON/OFF position and operation direction can be set.
When "NULL" is selected, mixing is always ON.

Common function【Mixing reference point change】

P. MIX 5 〜 6（curve type）
Programmable mix 5 to 6 allows setting of the mixing rate by 5 point curve.
OFS and knob/digital trim use and trim selection by normal type master channel setting describedabove are impossible, but switch selection is possible.

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.

＋② Select "P.MIX1-6"
from the menu with the Jog
key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

（1 second）

53

P.MIX Selection（P.MIX 1-6）

■ Calling the setting screen① Use the Jog key to select the P.MIX
number you want to use.
② Call the setting screen by pressing
the Jog key.

to P.MIX1 〜 4
set up screen● P.MIX1 〜 4（normal type）● P.MIX5 〜 6（curve type）

to P.MIX5 〜 6
set up screen（P.MIX1 〜 4 set up screen）
Function activation
Mixing rate adjustment● When INH is selected, thefunction cannot be used.
When ON or OFF is selected,
the function is activated. ON
and OFF changes are linked
to the switch.

Oﬀset
Master CH selection
Slave CH selection● Select the item with the
Jog key.

（Master CH Current position）

Trim ON/OFF
Switch selection
Switch direction

Common function

P.MIX1 〜 4■ Function activation■ Master/slave channel selection① Select the MIX item and select ON
or OFF by pressing the + key or ‒key.

② Select the MASTR channel you want
to use by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋

−
or

● When you do not want to use
the function select INH.

−
or

③ Select the Slave channel you want to
us by pressing the + key or ‒ key.
● A knob VR or digital trim DT5/DT6, as well as channels 1
to 10, can be speciﬁed as the master channel. In addition,
when OFS was selected as the master channel, slave servo
operation is oﬀset.

■ Mixing rate adjustment④ Select the RATE item and adjust the
mixing rate by pressing the + key or ‒key for each direction of the stick, etc.
selected at the master channel.

＋

＋

−
or

Range：-100 〜 +100%
Default：0%● When you want to return the set value
to the initial value, press the + key and ‒key simultaneously.

（Changing the ON/OFF Switch）■ ON/OFF Switch selection■ Switch ON direction setting① Select the "SW" item and thenselect the switch by pressing the +key or ‒ key.

② Select the "POSI" item and select the switch
ON direction by pressing the + key or ‒
key.

＋

−
or

Selection range：SwA 〜
SwH、THR

54

＋

−
or

● 2P SW：NULL（always ON）,UP, DOWN
● 3P SW：NULL（always ON）, UP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR, C&DN,
DOWN● THR stick: Hold the stick at the ON/OFF point
and set the ON/OFF position by pressing the Jog（1 second）
key for 1 second. (If the Jog key is pressed for 1
second when the position was set, it returns to
the NULL state.) The switch ON direction can also
be selected by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

（Changing the mixing reference point）（Including trim operation）■ Mixing reference point setting■ Trim ON/OFF setting① Select the "OFFST" item and holdthe master side stick or knob in
the position you want to set andset the new reference point bypressing the Jog key.

① Select the "TRM" itemand select ON or OFF bypressing the + key or ‒ key.

（1 second）−
or

Range：OFF、ON

Range：-100 〜 +100%（THR only 0 〜 100%）
Default：0%＋

Default：OFF● When you do not want to include trim in
mixing select OFF.

CAUTIONAt the end of setting, check that the mixing function is performed normally.

（P.MIX5 〜 6 set up screen）● Select the item with the
Jog key.

Function activation
Master CH selectSlave CH select● When INH is selected, thefunction cannot be used.
When ON or OFF is selected,
the function is activated. ON
and OFF changes are linked
to the switch.

Switch selection
Switch ON direction

Common function● The set curve is displayed on agraph.

5Point curve
setting

P.MIX5 〜 6Refer to the P.MIX1 〜 4 setting method described previously for settings other than the 5 point curve setting
described below.

■ 5point curve setting① Select the setting item (P-1 〜 P-5) of each point with the Jog key and set the amount of
movement of each point by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋

−
or

Range：-100 〜 +100%
Default：0%

CAUTIONAt the end of setting, check that the mixing function is performed normally.

55

AUX-CHAN

AUX Channel(Common)

Function
Auxiliary channel function (AUX-CH): defines
the relationship between the transmitter controls
and the receiver output for channels 5-10.

Remember that if you assign primary control ofa channel to a switch which you later use for otherfunctions (like dual/triple rates or airbrakes), every
time you use that other function you will also be
moving the auxiliary channel.

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.

＋② Select "AUX-CHAN"
from the menu with the Jog
key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

（1 second）

Common function$8;&+$1
&+㌣6Z*
&+㌣95
&+㌣'7
&+㌣'7
&+㌣6Z$
&+㌣6Z'＜ AUX Channel Default ＞
ACROBATICCH5 SwG（SwitchG）
CH6 VR（Volume）
CH7 DT5（Trim5）
CH8 DT6（Trim6）
CH9 SwA(SwitchA)
CH10 SwD(SwitchD)

HELICOPTER
CH5 SwF（SwitchF）
CH6 ----（PITCH）
CH7 SwC（SwitchC）
CH8 VR（Volume）
CH9 SwA(SwitchA)
CH10 SwD(SwitchD)

GLIDERCH5 DT5（Trim5）
CH6 SwG（SwitchG）
CH7 SwD(SwitchD)
CH8 DT6（Trim6）
CH9 SwA(SwitchA)
CH10 VR（Volume）

MULTICOPTER
CH5 SwE（SwitchE）
CH6 SwC（SwitchC）
CH7 VR（Volume）
CH8 DT6（Trim6）
CH9 SwA(SwitchA)
CH10 SwD(SwitchD)

AUX Channel① A channel is chosen by Jog key.

② Select the "SW" item and then select the switch
by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋
Selection range：5 〜 10ch−
orSelection range：NULL, SwA 〜 SwH,
VR, DT5, DT6

56

WARNING
The priority of AUX
Don't assign two or more functions to one channel.
Priority may be given to a higher rank function anda low rank function may be canceled.

higher rank

GYRO

CH5 PITCH

ACRO

Priority

low rank

SW-G

CH6 FLAP TRIM

FLAPERONVR

CH7 AIL DIFF

GYRO

DT5

CH8 AILVATOR

PITCH

THR → NEEDLE

GYRO DT6CH9 SW-A
CH10 SW-D
CH5 GYRO

SW-F

CH6 PITCH

CH8 ELE2

THR → NEEDLE

GYRO

SW-C
GOVERNOR
SW-A

CH9 GOVERNOR
CH10 SW-D

GLIDER

CH5

FLAP1

CH6

FLAP2

CH7

AILERON2

GYRO

SW-D

CH8

FLAP3

GYRO

DT6

CH9

FLAP4

SW-A

CH10 CAMBR MIX

VR

GYRO

SW-E

CH5

GYRO

DT5
SW-G

VR

Common function

GOVERNOR

CH7 GYROHELI

CH6 SW-C
MULTICOPTER

CH7

GYRO

VR

CH8

GYRO

DT6

CH9 SW-A
CH10 SW-D

57

PARAMETER Parameter function(Common)

Function
PARAMETER submenu: sets those parameters
you would likely set once, and then not disturb
again.

Once you have selected the correct model you
wish to work with, the next step is setting up the
SURSHUSDUDPHWHUVIRUWKLVVSHFL¿FPRGHO

Data reset（RESET）
The present model data is reset. Data Reset does NOT reset, ATL Trim, TELEMETRY mode, or STK POSI
Alarm.

Model type（TYPE） SWASH : Only helicopter

WING : Only glider

MODEL TYPE: sets the type of programming used for this model.
The T10J has 30 model memories, which can each support:● One powered aircraft (ACRO) memory type (with multiple wing and tail conﬁgurations. See twin
aileron servos, twin elevator servos, ELEVON, and V-TAIL for further information.)● Eight helicopter swashplate types, including CCPM. See Helicopter MODEL TYPE for details.
● If you use CGY750, the swash type should choose H-1. ( Swash type is chosen by setup in CGY750. ）● Five glider wing types. See glider WING TYPE for details.
● Multicopter type.

Common function

Before doing anything else to set up your aircraft, ﬁrst you must decide which MODEL TYPE best ﬁts
this particular aircraft. (Each model memory may be set to a diﬀerent model type.) If your transmitteris a T10JA, the default is ACRO. If it is a T10JH, the default is HELI(H1).

ATL Trim（ATL）
Adjustable travel limit (ATL): makes the channel 3 TRIM LEVER (THROTTLE TRIM) eﬀective only at
low throttle, disabling the trim at high throttle. This prevents pushrod jamming due to idling trimchanges. This function defaults to ON. If you are not using channel 3 for throttle, you may want
trim operation the same as on all other channels. To do so, set ATL to OFF. If you need the ATL to beeﬀective at the top of the stick instead of the bottom, reverse the THR-REV setting. Note that thisaﬀects all models in the radio, not just the model you are currently editing.

LCD contrast（CONTRAST）
Contrast adjustment LCD screen.
● You adjust to legible contrast. set up range -10 〜 +10

Back light（BACK-LIT）
Back light mode of a LCD screen can be chosen.
● ALWAYS / KEY-ON (Shines for a deﬁnite period of time after key operation.) / OFF

Light time（LIT-TIME）
Sets the length of time the backlight will stay on.
● Set up range 1 〜 30

Light adjustment（LIT-ADJS）
Light volume adjustment of a back light.
● Set up range 1 〜 30

Home display（HOME-DSP）
Item selection displayed on a home screen● Futaba logo (Default), USR-NAME , RX BATT, DT5/DT6, THR/PIT (Case of helicopter, the position of athrottle and pitch.)58

Battery alarm（BATT-ALM）
Select the battery alarm voltage according to the battery to be used.
● 4 dry cell batteries ⇒ 4.2V DRY4
● HT5F1800B (NiMH battery) ⇒ 5.0V NiMH5● FT2F2100B (Lithium ferrite battery) ⇒ 5.8V LiFe2

Battery alarm vibration（BATT VIB）
Battery alarm is told with vibration.

Buzzer tone（BUZ-TONE）
The tone of buzzer sound when a key is pressed.
● Set up range : OFF,1(low) 〜 100(high)Jog key navigation（Jog-NAVI）
Blink at the time of Jog key operation, Display of the operation direction.

Jog light（Jog-LIT）
ON/OFF of a Jog key light.

Jog light time（Jog-TIME）
Time setting in which a Jog key light shines.
● Set up range : 1 〜 30(s)Telemetry mode setting（TELEMETRY MODE）● Range：ACT / INH

Telemetry display units setting（TELEMETRY UNIT）
Sets whether the telemetry display is in meters or yards/pounds.
● Range：METER / YARD（℃ / ℉）

Speech language setting（SPEECH LANGUAGE）
Sets the speech language when listening to telemetry information through earphones.
● Range：Japanese (JPN), English (English)

Common function

Sets whether or not telemetry is activated. When using 2 receivers with 1 transmitter, select INH.

Speech volume setting（SPEECH VOLUME）
Sets the volume when listening to telemetry information through earphones.
● Range：LOW / HIGH

Stick position alarm setting（STK POSI ALRM）
Can be set so that an audible alarm sounds once when the throttle stick reaches the set position.

59

Method
Calling the setting screen② Select "PARAMETER"
from the menu with the Jog
key.

① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.

＋③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

（1 second）

3$5$0(7(5
Data reset
Model type

5(6(7㌣([HFXWH
7<3(㌣$&52%$7,&

Swash type

(In the case of a helicopter )Wing type(In the case of a glider )ATLTrimpage 1$7/㌣21 0'/● Next page 2 〜 5

Common function

LCD contrast（CONTRAST）
Back light（BACK-LIT）
Light time（LIT-TIME）
Light adjustment（LIT-ADJS）
Home display（HOME-DSP）
Battery alarm（BATT ALM）
Battery alarm vibration（BATT VIB）
Buzzer tone（BUZ-TONE）
Jog key navigation（JOG-NAVI）
Jog light（JOG-LIT）
Jog light time（JOG-TIME）（TELEMETRY MODE）（TELEMETRY UNIT）（SPEECH LANGUAGE）（SPEECH VOLUME）
Stick position alarm（STK POSI ALRM）

page 2

page 3page 4page 5

Data reset① Call the "RESET" from the PARAMETER by Press
the Jog key for 1 second.

② Data reset by pressing the Jog key.

（1 second）● Conﬁrmation message "sure?" blinks.

● A confirmation "beep" sounds and"COMPLETE" is displayed on the screen iscomplete.

For safety, a double setting system is used. You need to conﬁrm your setting changes by pressing thejog key. When "COMPLETE" can be seen, it is the completion of reset.

CAUTION

60

Only the throttle channel (CH3) initial setting is REV (reverse). Thoroughly check the Hi and Low directionsof the engine or motor used and be careful that they do not suddenly run at full speed. Even after data reset,
CH3 is reversed.

Model type
① Select the "TYPE" item andthen select the model type bypressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋

② Press the Jog key for 1 second.

③ Model type change by pressing
the Jog key.

（1 second）−
or● Confirmation message"sure?" blinks.

● The new model type isdisplayed on the screen.
For safety, a double setting system is used. You need to conﬁrm yoursetting changes by pressing the jog key. If you fail to press the jog key
and see "COMPLETE" on your screen, your changed are not saved.

● A confirmation "beep"sounds is complete.

Selection range：
ACROBATIC,HELICOPTER,GLIDER,MULTI
COPT

Swash type（for Heli）① Select the "SWASH" item andthen select the swash type bypressing the + key or ‒ key.

−

（1 second）● C o n f i r m a t i on messag e"sure?" blinks.

or③ Swash type change by pressing
the Jog key.

For safety, a double setting system is used. You need to conﬁrm yoursetting changes by pressing the jog key. If you fail to press the jog key
and see "COMPLETE" on your screen, your changed are not saved.

● A confirmation "beep"sounds is complete.

Selection range：H-1, HR3,
H-3, HE3, HN3, H-2, H-4, H4X

Wing type（for Glider）① Select the "WING" item andthen select the swash type bypressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋−

② Press the Jog key for 1 second.

③ Swash type change by pressing
the Jog key.

（1 second）● C o n f i r m a t i on messag e"sure?" blinks.

orCommon function＋② Press the Jog key for 1 second.

For safety, a double setting system is used. When a change is cancelled
after the conﬁrmation message is displayed, the change is not madewhen moved to another setting item by Jog key.

● A confirmation "beep"sounds is complete.

Selection range：1AIL, 2AIL,
2A+1F, 2A+2F, 2A+4F

ATL Trim ON/OFF① Select the "ATL" item and change the mode bypressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋

−
or

Selection range：ON, OFF
Default：OFF

61

LCD contrast① Select the "CONTRAST" item and change numericalvalue (contrast) by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋

Selection range：-10 〜
+10

−
or

Default：0

Back-light ／ Light-time ／ Light-adjustment■ Back-light mode

■ Light-time

Select the "BACK-LIT" item andchange the mode by pressing the+ key or ‒ key.

＋−

■ Light-adjustment

Select the "LIT-TIME" item andchange numerical value (time) bypressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋

or

−

Select the "LIT-ADJ" item
and change numerical value(brightness) by pressing the + key
or ‒ key.

＋

or

−
or

Common function● "ALWAYS"：always ON"OFF"：always OFF"KEY-ON"：It light on after
Key operation.

● It is only a case in "KEY-ON"
mode here.

Selection range：
ALWAYS, OFF, KEY-ON

Selection range：1 〜 30(s)Default：10(s)Selection range：1 〜 30
Default：15

Default：ALWAYS● When you want to return the set
value to the initial value, press the+ key and ‒ key simultaneously.

● When you want to return the set
value to the initial value, press the+ key and ‒ key simultaneously.

● It is the brightest at 30.

Home display① Select the "HOME-DSP" item and change the modeby pressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋−● "Futaba"：Display about a Futaba logo.
"USR-NAME"：Display about a user name.
"DT5/DT6"：Display about the position of DT5
and DT6"RX BATT"：Display about the receiver battery
voltage"THR/PIT"：Display about the position of pitch
and throttle.

Selection range：
Futaba, USR-NAME,DT5/
DT6, RX BATT, THR/PIT(*)
Default：Futaba*Only Heli mode can be chosen
about THR/PIT.

Battery alarm voltage① Select the "BATT ALM" item and change thenumerical value (voltage) by pressing the + key or‒ key.

＋−or● AA alkaline batterys ⇒ 4.2V DRY4
● Futaba HT5F1800B ⇒ 5.0V NiMH5● Futaba FT2F2100B ⇒ 5.8V LiFe2

62

Selection range：
4.2V 4.6V 5.0V 5.4V 5.8V
6.2V 6.6V 7.0V 7.4V
*The voltage drop of a rechargeable battery
and a dry cell battery is different. Whenusing a rechargeable battery, always
change the voltage.

Battery alarm voltage vibration① Select the "BATT VIB" item and change the ON or
OFF by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋

−
or

Selection range：
ON, OFF● ON ⇒ The battery alarm of a transmitter is told withvibration.

Buzzer tone
① Select the "BUZ-TONE" item and change thenumerical value (tone) by pressing the + key or ‒key. The higher the numerical value the higher the
tone.

＋

or

−

Selection range：
OFF, 1 〜 100● When you want to return theset value to the initial value,press the + key and ‒ key
simultaneously.

① Select the "Jog-NAVI" item and change the modeby pressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋

−
or

Selection range：
ON,OFF

Common function

Jog key navigation

When NAVI selected
ﬂashes when the Jog key was pressed.
When a function that
only operates in thevertical direction is
selected, the LED
blinks vertically.

When a functionthat operates inthe vertical andhorizontal directions
is selected, the LED
blinks vertically andhorizontally.

Jog light① Select the "Jog-LIT" item and change the mode bypressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋

−
or

● "ALWAYS"：The light is always switched on.
"KEY-ON"：KEY operation → Light on.
"OFF"：Always oﬀ.

Selection range：
ALWAYS, KEY-ON, OFF
Default：KEY-ON

63

Jog light time
① Select the "Jog-TIME" item and change numericalvalue (time) by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋

−
or

Selection range：
1 〜 30
Default：10● Jog-Lit sets the lighting time when KEY-ON
was set.

● When you want to return theset value to the initial value,press the + key and ‒ key
simultaneously.

Telemetry mode
① Select the "TELEMETRY-MODE" item and change
the mode by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋

−
or

Selection range：
ACT, INH

Common function

Telemetry unit
① Select the "TELEMETRY-UNIT" item and change themode by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋

or

−

Selection range：
METER, YARD

Speech language① Select the "SPEECH-LANGUAGE" item and change
the language by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋

−
or

Selection range：
Japanese, English

Speech volume① Select the "SPEECH-VOLUME" item and change thevolume by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋

−
or

64

Selection range：
HIGH, LOW

Stick position alarm
An alarm (single beep) can be sounded at the speciﬁed throttle stick position.
● Alarm function ON/OFF can be set by switch.

Beep sounds

Select "Parameter"
Press the Jog key to the side and select page 5.

● Select the item with the
Jog key.

① Stick position is chosen by Jog
key.

（STK POSI ALRM ）3$5$0(7(5岜岜岜岜岜岜岜岜
67.326,$/50 0'/ 
02'(㌣21
6:㌣6Z$
326,㌣'2:1
67,&.㌣ 

② Set the throttle stick to theposition at which you want togenerate the alarm.

POSI ALRM, Telemetrymode DQG WKH ATL
trim RQ ZKLFK (MDL)Z D V  G L V S O D \ H G  D U HUHVHWWDEOH
● When INH is selected, thefunction cannot be used.
When ON or OFF is selected,
the function is activated. ON
and OFF changes are linked
to the switch.
●The number in parenthesisis the current throttle stick
position.

③ When the Jog key is held
down the alarm sounds at that
position.

Common function

INH ⇔ ON/OFF
Switch selsction
Switch direction
Stick position

When the THR stickis set to the● ParameterVHWWLQJLVQRW
speciﬁed position.
UHVHW +RZHYHU STK

3$5$0(7(5岜岜岜岜岜岜岜岜
67.326,$/50 0'/ 
02'(㌣21
6:㌣6Z$
326,㌣'2:1
67,&.㌣ 

Memorize the position atwhich the beep is to sound.

THR Stick65

TELEMETRY Telemetry(Common)

Function
This screen displays and sets the various information from the receiver. An alarm and vibration can begenerated depending on the information. For example, a drop in the voltage of the receiver battery housedin the aircraft can be reported by an alarm.
● This function can only be used in the T-FHSS Air mode. The S-FHSS system cannot use telemetry.
● Telemetry sensors sold separately can be mounted in the aircraft to display a variety of information. (Receiver voltage
does not require a sensor.)● The telemetry function cannot be used if the telemetry mode of the parameters is not ACT.
● When 2 receivers are used with 1 transmitter, the telemetry function cannot be used.

Common function

Viewing the receiver voltage.

Setting is unnecessary. When menu telemetry islistened to, the voltage appears.

P.66

Viewing the drive battery
voltage.

CA-RVIN-700 and wiring work are necessary.

P.70

Using various optional
telemetry sensors.

Optional telemetry sensors are necessary. T10J
setting is unnecessary.

P.74 〜 82

Using several telemetry
sensors of the same type.

Setting by "sensor" in the menu is necessary.
(Slot setting is necessary.)

P.84

Setting alarms from thetelemetry information.

Setting by "Telemetry" in the menu is necessary.

P.75 〜 82

RX-BATT● Viewing the receiver voltage.
In the initial state, the receiver voltage is displayed at the transmitter.

Display
Calling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.

＋③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

（1 second）

Receiver voltage display

66② Select "TELEMETRY"
from the menu with the Jog
key.

7(/(0(75<5;%$77
5(&(,9(5● How to display receiver voltage
on a home screen.

(;792/7


5(&(,9(5HOME-DSP

PARAMETER"RX BATT" is chosen by ＋ key or − key.

● Viewing the receiver voltage maximum and minimum values.
In the initial state, the receiver voltage maximum and minimum values are displayed in thetransmitter. (Value until reset)

Display
Calling the setting screen① Select "RX-BATT" from the telemetry
screen with the Jog key.

② Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

Receiver voltage display
Receiver voltage MIN

Receiver voltage MAX

5;%$770,10$;

9
99

MIN/MAX reset① Select "MIN/MAX" from the RX-BATT
screen with the Jog key.

② Data reset by pressing the Jog
key for 1 second.

Common function

 $/$50  9,%  /,0,7
'1㌣,1+㌣2))㌣963((&+㌣,1+6:㌣18//

● A confirmation "beep"sounds when complete.

ŏ 5HFHLYHU → 7UDQVPLWWHU
7 K H  U H F H S W L R Q  R I  W K HVLJQDOIURPWKHUHFHLYHUWR
WKH WUDQVPLWWHU LV VKRZQ
7KLVGRHVQRWDIIHFWÁLJKWWARNING'RQRWVWDUHDWRUVHWWKHWUDQVPLWWHUVHWWLQJVFUHHQZKLOHÀ\LQJ
Ŷ/RVLQJVLJKWRIWKHDLUFUDIWGXULQJÀLJKWLVYHU\GDQJHURXVŶ:KHQ\RXZDQWWRFKHFNWKHLQIRUPDWLRQGXULQJÀLJKWFDOOWKHWHOHPHWU\VFUHHQEHIRUHÀLJKWDQGKDYHWKHVFUHHQFKHFNHGE\VRPHRQHRWKHUWKDQWKHRSHUDWRU

67

● Setting receiver voltage alarm.
Use this setting to sound an alarm when the receiver battery voltage drops dangerously low. VIB(vibration) that vibrates the transmitter at the same time can also be set.

MethodCalling the setting screen① Select "RX-BATT" from the telemetry
screen with the Jog key.

② Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

5;%$779990,10$;

Common function

DN (down) shows than an
alarm is generated whenthe voltage drops below
the set voltage.

 $/$50  9,%  /,0,7
'1㌣,1+㌣2))㌣963((&+㌣,1+6:㌣18//

Alarm set
① In the RX-BATT screen state, select(ALARM) from the menu with the
Jog key.

② Select the "ACT" by pressing
the + key or ‒ key.

＋

or

−

Vibration set① In the RX-BATT screen state, select(VIB) from the menu with the Jog
key.

② Select the "TYP1 〜 TYP3" bypressing the + key or ‒ key.

"VIB" types
TYP 1

＋

or

−

TYP 2
TYP 3

Alarm voltage set① In the RX-BATT screen state, select(LIMIT) 0.0V from the menu with
the Jog key.

② Select the voltage by pressing
the + key or ‒ key.

Selection range：
3.5V 〜 8.4V

＋

or

−
● When you want to set 5.0V, press the+ key and ‒ key simultaneously.

68

● Listening to the receiver voltage by speech.
The receiver voltage can be heard verbally from the transmitter with a commercial earphone (3.5 φplug). The speech function can be turned on and oﬀ with the speciﬁed switch.

MethodCalling the setting screen① Select "RX-BATT" from the telemetry
screen with the Jog key.

② Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

5;%$779990,10$;

Selects the switchthat turns the speech
function on and oﬀ.

Speech① In the RX-BATT screen state, select(SPEECH) from the menu with the
Jog key.

② Select the "ACT" by pressing
the + key or ‒ key.

＋

or

−

Common function

SpeechACT / INH

 $/$50  9,%  /,0,7
'1㌣,1+㌣2))㌣963((&+㌣,1+6:㌣18//

Switch① In the RX-BATT screen state, select(SW) from the menu with the Jog
key.

② Select the switch by pressing
the + key or ‒ key.

＋or

Selection range：
NULL, SWA 〜 SWH−
OFF

In "NULL", a speech always turns on.

OFF
OFF

ON
2 PositionON
3 Position69

EXT-VOLT
When connected as shown in the ﬁgure, the voltage of the drive battery in the aircraft and anotherpower supply battery can be displayed at the T10J.
● CA-RVIN-700 (external voltage input connector sold separately) is necessary.
● Soldered wiring work is necessary.

([WUD9ROWDJH
3RUW

56%)XVH%ODFNOLQH&$59,1

5HGOLQH

ZLWKH[WHUQDOSRZHULQSXWPXVWEHOHVVWKDQ9

Common function

3RZHU%DWWHU\RUDQRWKHUSRZHUVXSSO\
IRUVHUYRV%UDQFK

7R0RWRU&RQWUROOHU
RU6HUYR● EXT-Voltage display
When connected as shown in the ﬁgure, the drive battery voltage is displayed at the transmitter.

Display
Calling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.

＋② Select "TELEMETRY"
from the menu with the Jog
key.

（1 second）

7(/(0(75<5;%$77
5(&(,9(5EXT-Voltage display



70(;792/7

5(&(,9(5③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

● EXT-Voltage MIN/MAX
In the initial state, the EXT-voltage maximum and minimum values are displayed at the transmitter.
(Value until reset)

Calling the setting screen① S e l e c t "EX T- V OLT " f r o m t h etelemetry screen with the Jog key.

② Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

EXT-Voltage display
EXT-Voltage MAX

EXT-Voltage MIN(;792/70,10$;

9
99

MIN/MAX reset① In the EXT-VOLT screen state, select(MIN/MAX) from the menu with the
Jog key.

② Data reset by pressing the Jog
key for 1 second.

Common function

 $/$50  9,%  /,0,7
'1㌣,1+㌣2))㌣963((&+㌣,1+6:㌣18//

● A confirmation "beep"sounds is complete.

71

● EXT-Voltage alarm set up
This setting will sound an alarm when the EXT-voltage drops dangerously low. VIB (vibration) thatvibrates the transmitter at the same time can also be set.

MethodCalling the setting screen① Select "EXT-VOLT" from thetelemetry screen with the Jog key.

② Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

(;792/7

9
990,10$;

Common function

DN (down) shows than an
alarm is generated whenthe voltage drops below
the set voltage.

 $/$50  9,%  /,0,7
'1㌣,1+㌣2))㌣963((&+㌣,1+6:㌣18//

Alarm set
① In the EXT-VOLT screen state, select(ALARM) from the menu with the
Jog key.

② Select the "ACT" by pressing
the + key or ‒ key.

＋

or

−

Vibration set① In the EXT-VOLT screen state, select(VIB) from the menu with the Jog
key.

② Select the "TYP1 〜 TYP3" bypressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋

or

−

"VIB" types
If the following types are selected, thetransmitter will vibrate during the warning.

TYPE 1
TYPE 2TYPE 3

Alarm voltage set① In the EXT-VOLT screen state, select(LIMIT) from the menu with the Jog
key.

② Select the voltage by pressing
the + key or ‒ key.

Selection range：
0.0V 〜 70.0V

＋

or

−
● When you want to set 5.0V, press the+ key and ‒ key simultaneously.

72

● Listening to the EXT-voltage by speech.
The EXT- voltage can be heard verbally from the transmitter with a commercial earphone (3.5mmplug). The speech function can be turned on and oﬀ with the speciﬁed switch.

MethodCalling the setting screen① Select "EXT-VOLT" from thetelemetry screen with the Jog key.

② Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

(;792/7

9
990,10$;

Speech ON/OFF Switch
selection

Speech① In the EXT-VOLT screen state, select(SPEECH) from the menu with the
Jog key.

② Select the "ACT" by pressing
the + key or ‒ key.

＋

or

−

Common function

SpeechACT / INH

 $/$50  9,%  /,0,7
'1㌣,1+㌣2))㌣963((&+㌣,1+6:㌣18//

Switch set① In the EXT-VOLT screen state, select(SW) from the menu with the Jog
key.

② Select the switch by pressing
the + key or ‒ key.

＋or

Selection range：
NULL, SWA 〜 SWH−
OFF

In "NULL", a speech always turns on.

OFF
OFF

ON
2 PositionON
3 Position73

Various telemetry sensors (optional) information display and alarm setting
Various telemetry sensors (sold separately) are connectable to the S.BUS2 port of the R3008SB througha 3-way hub and relay terminals. The information of sensors connected at initialization can be viewed aslong as 2 or more of the same kind of sensor are not used (for example, 2 temperature sensors).
● Sensors that can be used with the T10J: Futaba SBS-01T, SBS-01RM, SBS-01RO, SBS-01A, SBS-01V, SBS-01G● Robbe sensors that can be used with the T10J: Robbe TEMP125, GPS-1675, VARIO-1712, VARIO-1672, CURR-1678*Futaba does not sell Robbe sensor.

Sensor Connection
7(036HQVRU
6%67+8%

530‫ق‬PDJQHW‫ك‬6HQVRU
6%650

6%86
&RQQHFWRU

530‫ق‬RSWLFV‫ك‬6HQVRU
6%652+8%$OWLWXGH6HQVRU
6%6$Common function

9ROWDJH6HQVRU
6%69

Method+8%*366HQVRU
6%6*5HIHUWRWKHPDQXDORIHDFKVHQVRUIRUWKH
PRXQWLQJLQVWUXFWLRQWRWKHPRGHORIVHQVRU

Sensor information can be viewed by calling telemetry from the menu and calling the connected
sensor display page. The detailed setting screen of that sensor can be called by selecting andpressing the sensor you want to select with the Jog key.
● Refer to the receiver battery (RX-BATT) item for a description of key operation.

① Select "TELEMETRY" from themenu with the Jog key.

7(/(0(75<
5;%$777(03

6%67
5(&(,9(5(;792/7

5(&(,9(5② The sensor item of your choice
is chosen by Jog key, and Jog
key is pressed.

530
USP
6%6502

7(/(0(75<
5;%$777(03

5(&(,9(56%67(;792/7

5(&(,9(5530
USP
6%6502

Sensor set up74

TEMP : Display of SBS-01T(Option), and alarm setup*A temperature sensor must be installed in the aircraft.
TEMP is a screen which displays/sets up
the temperature information from an optionaltemperature sensor.
The temperature of the model (engine, motor,
EDWWHU\HWF ZKLFKLVÀ\LQJFDQEHGLVSOD\HG
,ILWEHFRPHVKLJKHURUORZHUWKDQWKHVHWWLQJDQ
alarm and/or vibration will alert you.

● Conversion of a display unit is performed by "TELEMETRY
UNIT" of "PARAMETER".

GURSV EHORZ WKH VHWYDOXH

TYPE 3

ŏ6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQŏ < R X  F D Q  K H D U  W K HWHPSHUDWXUH WKURXJK DQ
HDUSKRQHRUKHDGVHWE\DFWLYDWLQJ WKH 6SHHFKIXQFWLRQ

OFF

OFF
OFF

ON

ON

2 Position

Common functionŏ6HOHFW>7(03@LQWKH7(/(0(75<VFUHHQDQGDFFHVV
WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ SUHVV WKH -RJ
ŏ7KHPD[LPXPDQGWKHPLQLPXPNH\ŏ7HPSHUDWXUH
ZKHQSRZHULQJ21DUHVKRZQŏ0D[LPXPDQGPLQLPXPdata reset7(03ŏ 83ZLOO VKRZ WKDW DQ
by pressing the Jog key for 1 second.
٦
DODUP ZLOO VWDUW ZKHQ
0,10$;
٦٦
WKHWHPSHUDWXUHULVHV
"VIB" type $/$50  9,%  /,0,7
DERYHWKHVHWYDOXH
If the following types are selected, the83㌣,1+㌣2))㌣岜٦transmitter will vibrate during the warning.
'1㌣,1+㌣2))㌣٦
TYPE 1ŏ'1ZLOOVKRZWKDWDQ
DODUP ZLOO VWDUW ZKHQ63((&+㌣,1+6:㌣18//
TYPE 2W K H  W H P S H U D W X U H

3 Position

Alert set : Hot warning$OHUWVHW/RZWHPSHUDWXUHZDUQLQJ

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83 $/(57 LWHP
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83 /,0,7 >YDOXH@LWHP
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\ ,QLWLDOYDOXH℃
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJH℃ a℃
83 /,0,7 ≧'1 /,0,7

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH'1 $/(57 LWHP
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH'1 /,0,7 >YDOXH@LWHP
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\ ,QLWLDOYDOXH℃
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJH℃ a℃
83 /,0,7 ≧'1 /,0,7*When the + - key simultaneous press, the rate is reset to theinitial value.

*When the + - key simultaneous press, the rate is reset to theinitial value.

7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXW DQG UHWXUQ WR WKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\

7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXW DQG UHWXUQ WR WKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\75

R.P.M : Display of SBS-01RM/RO(Option), and alarm setup*A RPM sensor must be installed in the aircraft.
RPM is a screen which displays / sets up the
RPM information from an optional RPM sensor.
The RPM of the model (engine, motor, etc.)
ZKLFKLVÀ\LQJFDQEHVKRZQ,ILWEHFRPHVKLJKHURUORZHUWKDQWKHVHWWLQJDQ
alarm and/or vibration will alert you.
ŏ6HOHFW>530@LQWKH7(/(0(75<VFUHHQ
DQGDFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SUHVVWKH-RJNH\ŏ 7 K H  P D [ L P X P  Z K H QSRZHULQJ21DUHVKRZQŏ  0 D [ L P X P  dat a r e s e t b yŏ530

pressing the Jog key for 1
second.530

ŏ83 ,QGLFDWHV WKDW WKHDODUP ZLOO VWDUW ZKHQ
WKH 530 ULVHV DERYH
WKHVHWYDOXH

Common function

ŏ'1,QGLFDWHVWKDWWKH
DODUP ZLOO VWDUW ZKHQ
WKH 530 IDOOV EHORZ
WKHVHWYDOXH

USP
0$;
USP
 $/$50  9,%  /,0,7
83㌣,1+㌣2))㌣
'1㌣,1+㌣2))㌣
7<3(㌣237),1㌣
63((&+㌣,1+6:㌣18//

ŏ < R X  F D Q  K H D U  W K H
530 GDWD WKURXJK DQ
HDUSKRQH RU KHDGVHW
E\$FWLYDWLQJWKH6SHHFKIXQFWLRQ"VIB" type
If the following types are selected, thetransmitter will vibrate during the warning.

TYPE 1
TYPE 2TYPE 3ŏ0$* 0$*1(7,& RU237
237,&$/ LVVHWDFFRUGLQJWRWKHVHQVRU\RXXVH
6%6500$*1(7,&6%652237,&$/

ŏ,Q 237,&$/ WKH QXPEHU RI
EODGHV ),1 RIWKHSURSHOOHU UR
WRU \RXUPRGHOLVHQWHUHG

ŏ,Q 0$*1(7,& WKH JHDU UDWLRRI \RXU HQJLQH PRWRU  \RX DUHXVLQJLVHQWHUHGŏ6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ
OFF

OFF
OFF

ON
2 Position

3 Position$OHUWVHW2YHUURWDWLRQV

Alert set : Under rotations

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83$/(57LWHP
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83 /,0,7 >YDOXH@LWHP
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\ ,QLWLDOYDOXHUSP
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHUSPaUSP
83 /,0,7 ≧'1 /,0,7

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH'1$/(57LWHP
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83 /,0,7 >YDOXH@LWHP
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\ ,QLWLDOYDOXHUSP
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHUSPaUSP
83 /,0,7 ≧'1 /,0,7*When the + - key simultaneous press, the rate is reset to theinitial value.

*When the + - key simultaneous press, the rate is reset to theinitial value.

7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXW DQG UHWXUQ WR WKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\76

ON

7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXW DQG UHWXUQ WR WKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\ALTITUDE : Display of SBS-01A / SBS-01G(Option), and alarm setup*An altitude sensor or GPS sensor must be installed in the aircraft.
$/7,78'(LVDVFUHHQZKLFKGLVSOD\VVHWVXS
the altitude information from an optional altitude
sensor or GPS sensor. The altitude of the model
ZKLFKLVÀ\LQJFDQEHNQRZQ,ILWEHFRPHVKLJKHU
(low) than preset altitude, you can be told by alarm.
To show warning by vibration can also be chosen.
Data when a power supply is turned on shall be 0m, and it displays the altitude which changed fromthere. Even if the altitude of an airfield is high,that shall be 0 m and the altitude difference fromDQDLU¿HOGLVGLVSOD\HG7KLVVHQVRUFDOFXODWHVWKH
altitude from atmospheric pressure. Atmosphericpressure will get lower as you go up in altitude,using this the sensor will estimate the altitude.
Please understand that an exact advanced display
cannot be performed if atmospheric pressurechanges in a weather situation.
● Conversion of a display unit is performed by "TELEMETRY
UNIT" of "PARAMETER".

ŏ7KH PD[LPXP DQG WKH PLQLPXPZKHQSRZHULQJ21DUHVKRZQŏ 0D[LPXP DQG PLQLPXP GDWD UHVHWE\SUHVVLQJWKHJog keyIRUVHFRQG

ŏ6HOHFW >$/7,78'(@ LQ WKH 7(/(0(75< VFUHHQ DQG DFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SUHVVWKH-RJNH\ŏ$OWLWXGH$/7,78'(

Pŏ  8 3  L Q G L F D W H V  W K HDODUP ZLOO VWDUW ZKHQ 0,10$;
WKH DOWLWXGH UHDFKHV  $/$50  9,%  /,0,7
DERYH\RXUVHWYDOXH
83㌣,1+㌣2))㌣岜"VIB" type
If the following types are selected, thetransmitter will vibrate during the warning.

ŏ < R X  F D Q  K H D U  W K H$OWLWXGHGDWDWKURXJKDQHDUSKRQH RU KHDGVHW
E\$FWLYDWLQJWKH6SHHFKIXQFWLRQ

OFF

TYPE 1
TYPE 2TYPE 3

OFF
OFF

ON

ON

2 Position

3 Position)LUVWWKHVHWRIDUHIHUHQFHLVUHTXLUHG

Alert set : Low side7KH PRGHO DQG WUDQVPLWWHU WR ZKLFK WKHDOWLWXGHVHQVRUZDVFRQQHFWHGDUHWXUQHGRQ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>5()(5(1&(@RI(;(&LWHP
3UHVVWKH-RJNH\ VRUPRUHSUHVV 

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH'1 $/(57 LWHP
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83 /,0,7 >YDOXH@LWHP
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\ ,QLWLDOYDOXH P
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa P
83 /,0,7 ≧'1 /,0,7*Atmospheric pressure is changed according to the weather also
DWWKHVDPHDLU¿HOG<RXVKRXOGSUHVHWEHIRUHDÀLJKWAlert set : High side0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83 $/(57 LWHP
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83 /,0,7 >YDOXH@LWHP
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\ ,QLWLDOYDOXH P
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa P
83 /,0,7 ≧'1 /,0,7Common function

'1㌣,1+㌣2))㌣

ŏ  ' 1   L Q G L F D W H V  W K H 5()(5(1&(㌣(;(&DODUP ZLOO VWDUW ZKHQ 63((&+㌣,1+6:㌣18//
WKH DOWLWXGH UHDFKHVEHORZ\RXUVHWYDOXHŏ6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ

*When the + - key simultaneous press, the rate is reset to theinitial value.

7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXW DQG UHWXUQ WR WKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\*When the + - key simultaneous press, the rate is reset to theinitial value.

7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXW DQG UHWXUQ WR WKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\77

VARIO : Display of SBS-01A / SBS-01G(Option), and alarm setup*An altitude sensor or GPS sensor must be installed in the aircraft.
9$5,2LVDVFUHHQZKLFKGLVSOD\VVHWVXSWKH
variometer information from an optional altitude
sensor or GPS sensor.
7KHYDULRPHWHURIWKHPRGHOZKLFKLVÀ\LQJFDQ
be known.
,ILWEHFRPHVKLJKHURUORZHUWKDQWKHVHWWLQJDQ
alarm and/or vibration will alert you.

● Conversion of a display unit is performed by "TELEMETRY
UNIT" of "PARAMETER".

ŏ7KH PD[LPXP DQG WKH PLQLPXPZKHQSRZHULQJ21DUHVKRZQŏ0D[LPXPDQGPLQLPXPdata reset bypressing the Jog key for 1 second.

ŏ6HOHFW>9$5,2@LQWKH7(/(0(75<VFUHHQDQGDFFHVVWKH
VHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SUHVVWKH-RJNH\ŏ9DULRPHWHU

9$5,2

PV
ŏ83LQGLFDWHVWKHDODUPZ L O O  V W D U W  Z K H Q  W K H 0,10$;YDULR UHDFKHV DERYH  $/$50  9,%  /,0,7\RXUVHWYDOXH
83㌣,1+㌣2))㌣岜

Common function

78"VIB" type
If the following types are selected, thetransmitter will vibrate during the warning.

'1㌣,1+㌣2))㌣

ŏ  ' 1   L Q G L F D W H V  W K H 
DODUP ZLOO VWDUW ZKHQ 63((&+㌣,1+6:㌣18//
W K H  Y D U L R  U H D F K H VEHORZ\RXUVHWYDOXHŏ6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQŏ < R X  F D Q  K H D U  W K H
9DULR GDWD WKURXJK DQ
HDUSKRQH RU KHDGVHW
E\$FWLYDWLQJWKH6SHHFKIXQFWLRQOFF

TYPE 1
TYPE 2TYPE 3

OFF
OFF

ON

ON

2 Position

3 Position

Alert set : Rise side

Alert set : Low side0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83 $/(57 LWHP
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83 /,0,7 >YDOXH@LWHP
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\ ,QLWLDOYDOXH PV $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa PV83 /,0,7 ≧'1 /,0,7

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH'1 $/(57 LWHP
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83 /,0,7 >YDOXH@LWHP
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\ ,QLWLDOYDOXH PV $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa PV83 /,0,7 ≧'1 /,0,7*When the + - key simultaneous press, the rate is reset to theinitial value.

*When the + - key simultaneous press, the rate is reset to theinitial value.

7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXW DQG UHWXUQ WR WKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\

7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXW DQG UHWXUQ WR WKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\DISTANCE : Display of SBS-01G(Option), and alarm setup*An GPS sensor must be installed in the aircraft.
The Distance screen displays and sets altitude
data from an SBS-01G GPS Sensor (soldseparately), and allows the distance to the airborne
aircraft to be read by the transmitter. When theaircraft flies inside or outside the set distance analarm and vibration alerts the pilot.

*Positioning time of GPS
A short time is required until the positioning of the GPS
is established. In the meantime, don't move the model
during this process. Wait until the GPS sensor's LED turns
solid green. If it is blinking green it is still acquiring thesatellites signals.

● Conversion of a display unit is performed by "TELEMETRY
UNIT" of "PARAMETER".

ŏ7KLVLQGLFDWHVWKHUHFHLYLQJDFFXUDF\IURPD*36VDWHOOLWH:KHQ
WKUHH EDUV DUH GLVSOD\HG WKH *36 LV UHDG\ IRU XVH  3XVKLQJ
>5()(5(1&(@VHWVWKHFXUUHQWDLUFUDIWSRVLWLRQDVWKHVWDUWLQJSRLQWŏ&XUUHQWGLVWDQFH
ŏ 7 K L V  L Q G L F D W H V  0 D [ L P X P'LVWDQFHWKHDLUFUDIWÁHZWR
ŏ 0 D [ L P X P  G D W D  U H V H W  E \
SUHVVLQJ WKH Jog key IRU 
VHFRQGŏ6HOHFW >',67$1&(@ LQ WKH 7(/(0(75< VFUHHQ DQG DFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SUHVVWKH-RJNH\ŏ7KH 83 DQ DODUP LV
J H Q H U D W H G  Z K H QW K H  V H W  Y D O X H  L VH[FHHGHG


*
P
0$;
P
 $/$50  9,%  /,0,7
83㌣,1+㌣2))㌣P
'1㌣,1+㌣2))㌣P5()(5(1&(㌣(;(&63((&+㌣,1+6:㌣18//

"VIB" type
If the following types are selected, thetransmitter will vibrate during the warning.

TYPE 1
TYPE 2TYPE 3

ŏ6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQŏ < R X  F D Q  K H D U  W K H'LVWDQFH GDWD WKURXJKDQ HDUSKRQH RUKHDGVHW
E\$FWLYDWLQJWKH6SHHFKIXQFWLRQ

OFF

OFF
OFF

ON

ON

2 Position

3 Position

6HWWLQJWKHUHIHUHQFHSRVLWLRQ

Setting a "too close" alert distance.

7XUQ RQ WKH WUDQVPLWWHU DQG WKH PRGHO ZLWKWKH*36VHQVRULQVWDOOHGLQLW :DLW IRU WKH *36 DFFXUDF\ LQGLFDWRU WR
GLVSOD\WKUHHEDUV0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR 5()(5(1&( >(;(&@ DQG
SUHVV WKH -RJ NH\ V RU PRUH SUHVV    7KHPRGHOVFXUUHQWSRVLWLRQLVQRZVWRUHGDQGWKH
GLVWDQFHLVVHWWRP

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH'1 $/(57 LWHP
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83 /,0,7 >YDOXH@LWHP
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\ ,QLWLDOYDOXH P
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa P
83 /,0,7 ≧'1 /,0,7*Now, the position of the present model was set to 0 m.

Setting a "too far" alert distance0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83 $/(57 LWHP
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83 /,0,7 >YDOXH@LWHP
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\ ,QLWLDOYDOXH P
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa P
83 /,0,7 ≧'1 /,0,7Common function

ŏ7KH '1 DQ DODUP LV
JHQHUDWHG ZKHQ WKHGLVWDQFHGURSVEHORZ
WKHVHWYDOXH

',67$1&(*When the + - key simultaneous press, the rate is reset to theinitial value.

7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXW DQG UHWXUQ WR WKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\*When the + - key simultaneous press, the rate is reset to theinitial value.

7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXW DQG UHWXUQ WR WKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\79

● 2nd page of [DISTANCE]ŏ6HOHFW>',67$1&(@LQWKH7(/(0(75<VFUHHQDQGDFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SUHVVWKH-RJNH\ŏ-RJNH\SUHVVDVLGHPDGHSDJH

',67$1&( *

02'(㌣685)$&(
326,7,21
1 b岜岜
(b岜岜
ŏ&XUUHQWSRVLWLRQGLVSOD\11RUWKODWLWXGH((DVWORQJLWXGH
66RXWKODWLWXGH::HVWORQJLWXGH

Common function

ŏ $ O W L W X G H  F D O F X O D W H G
D V  H L W K H U  V W U D L J K W O L Q HGLVWDQFH VODQW  RU VXUIDFHGLVWDQFH RQ D PDS FDQDOVREHVHOHFWHG

T

N
SLA

Altitude

SURFACE
7ZRGLVWDQFHFDOFXODWLRQPHWKRGVDUHDYDLODEOH
6XUIDFH VWUDLJKWOLQHGLVWDQFH DQG6ODQWPD\
EHVHOHFWHG
6HOHFWSDJHE\-RJNH\SUHVVVLGHIURPWKH
',67$1&(VFUHHQ 6HOHFW 6/$17! 685)$&(! QH[W WR 02'(SUHVVWKHNH\80

SPEED : Display of SBS-01G(Option), and alarm setup*An GPS sensor must be installed in the aircraft.
The speed screen displays and sets the speed data
and with a tail wind, the displayed speed increases.
from an SBS-01G (GPS sensor) sold separately.
● Conversion of a display unit is performed by "TELEMETRY
UNIT" of "PARAMETER".
The speed of the aircraft during flight can bedisplayed.
*Positioning time of GPS
After flight, the maximum speed during flight
A short time is required until the positioning of the GPS
can be viewed. Because this speed is based on
is established. In the meantime, don't move the model
position data from a GPS satellite, the ground speed
during this process. Wait until the GPS sensor's LED turns
is displayed instead of air speed. Consequently,
solid green. If it is blinking green it is still acquiring thesatellites signals.
with a head wind, the displayed speed decreases

ŏ7KH'1WKDWDQDODUPLV JHQHUDWHG ZKHQW K H  V S H H G  G U R S VEHORZWKHVHWYDOXH

83㌣,1+㌣2))㌣岜'1㌣,1+㌣2))㌣

63((&+㌣,1+6:㌣18//

transmitter will vibrate during the warning.

TYPE 1
TYPE 2TYPE 3

ŏ6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQŏ < R X  F D Q  K H D U  W K H6SHHG GDWD WKURXJK DQ
HDUSKRQHRUKHDGVHWE\$FWLYDWLQJ WKH 6SHHFKIXQFWLRQ

OFF

OFF
OFF

ON

ON

2 Position

3 Position$OHUWVHWWLQJZKHQVSHHGLQFUHDVHV$OHUWVHWWLQJZKHQVSHHGGHFUHDVHV

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83 $/(57 LWHP
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83 /,0,7 >YDOXH@LWHP
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\ ,QLWLDOYDOXH NPK
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa NPK
83 /,0,7 ≧'1 /,0,7

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH'1 $/(57 LWHP
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83 /,0,7 >YDOXH@LWHP
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\ ,QLWLDOYDOXH NPK
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa NPK
83 /,0,7 ≧'1 /,0,7*When the + - key simultaneous press, the rate is reset to theinitial value.

*When the + - key simultaneous press, the rate is reset to theinitial value.
*This alarm is started once a model becomes more than setting
speed.

7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXW DQG UHWXUQ WR WKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\

Common function

ŏ7KLVLQGLFDWHVWKHUHFHLYLQJDFFXUDF\IURPD*36VDWHOOLWH:KHQ
WKUHH EDUV DUH GLVSOD\HG WKH *36 LV UHDG\ IRU XVH 6SHHG LV QRWGLVSOD\HGZKHQUHFHLYLQJDFFXUDF\LVEDGŏ&XUUHQWVSHHG
ŏ6HOHFW >63(('@ LQ WKH 7(/(0(75< VFUHHQ DQG DFFHVV WKH
ŏ7KLVLQGLFDWHV0D[LPXPVSHHGWKH
VHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SUHVVWKH-RJNH\DLUFUDIWÁHZWR
63(('
‫ڼ‬
ŏ0D[LPXP GDWD UHVHW E\ SUHVVLQJŏ7KH 83WKDW DQ DODUPNPK
WKHJog keyIRUVHFRQG
LV JHQHUDWHG ZKHQ
0$;NPK
W K H  V H W  Y D O X H  L V
"VIB" type $/$50  9,%  /,0,7
H[FHHGHG
If the following types are selected, the7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXW DQG UHWXUQ WR WKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\*Speed alarm precaution
Since the GPS speed sensor displays the ground speed, it cannot be used as a stall alarm. For
example, an aircraft that stalls at 50km/h will stall if the tailwind is 5km/h or greater even through55km/h is displayed by ground speed. In addition, with an aircraft that will disintegrate in
midﬂight at 400km/h at an over-speed alarm, when the headwind reaches 30km/h the airplane willdisintegrate in midair due to over speeding even at a ground speed of 370km/h.

81

BATTERY / EXT-VOLT: Display of SBS-01V(Option), and alarm setup*SBS-01V must be installed in the aircraft.
,QWKLVVFUHHQWKHEDWWHU\YROWDJHLVGLVSOD\HG
,Q RUGHU WR XVH WKLV IXQFWLRQ LW LV QHFHVVDU\ WR
connect of R3008SB ⇔ SBS-01V ⇔ Battery

SBS-01V measures two batteries. The drive
battery connected to two lines is displayed on EXTVOLT. The battery for receivers connected to 3Plines is displayed here.

ŏ6HOHFW >%$77(5<@ LQ WKH 7(/(0(75< VFUHHQ DQGDFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SUHVVWKH
-RJNH\%$77(5<0,10$;

ŏ'1 ZLOO VKRZ WKDW DQ
DODUP ZLOO VWDUW ZKHQ
WKH (;792/7 GURSVEHORZWKHVHWYDOXH

ŏ%DWWHU\YROWDJH
ŏ7KH PD[LPXP DQG WKH PLQLPXPZKHQSRZHULQJ21DUHVKRZQŏ0D[LPXPDQGPLQLPXPdata resetby pressing the Jog key for 1 second.

9
99"VIB" type $/$50  9,%  /,0,7
'1㌣,1+㌣2))㌣963((&+㌣,1+6:㌣18//

If the following types are selected, thetransmitter will vibrate during the warning.

TYPE 1
TYPE 2TYPE 3

ŏ6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ
OFF

Common function

ŏ < R X  F D Q  K H D U  W K H  % D W W H U \
GDWD WKURXJK DQ HDUSKRQH RU
KHDGVHW  E\ $FWLYDWLQJ WKH6SHHFKIXQFWLRQ

OFFONŏ'1 ZLOO VKRZ WKDW DQ
DODUP ZLOO VWDUW ZKHQ
WKH (;792/7 GURSVEHORZWKHVHWYDOXH

ON

2 Position

ŏ6HOHFW >(;792/7@ LQ WKH 7(/(0(75< VFUHHQ DQGDFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SUHVVWKH
-RJNH\(;792/70,10$;

OFF

3 Position

ŏ(;7YROWDJH
ŏ7KH PD[LPXP DQG WKH PLQLPXPZKHQSRZHULQJ21DUHVKRZQŏ0D[LPXPDQGPLQLPXPdata resetby pressing the Jog key for 1 second.

9
99"VIB" type $/$50  9,%  /,0,7
'1㌣,1+㌣2))㌣963((&+㌣,1+6:㌣18//

If the following types are selected, thetransmitter will vibrate during the warning.

TYPE 1
TYPE 2TYPE 3

ŏ<RX FDQ KHDU WKH ([WUD
9ROWDJH GDWD WKURXJK DQ
HDUSKRQHRUKHDGVHWE\$FWLYDWLQJ WKH 6SHHFKIXQFWLRQŏ6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ
OFFON
2 Position$OHUWVHW/RZWHPSHUDWXUHZDUQLQJ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH'1 $/(57 LWHP
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH'1 /,0,7 >YDOXH@LWHP
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\ ,QLWLDOYDOXH9
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa9 %$77(5< $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa9 (;792/7*When the + - key simultaneous press, the rate is reset to theinitial value.

7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXW DQG UHWXUQ WR WKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\

82

OFF
OFF
ON
3 Position

Sensor SlotSENSOR(Common)

Function
This screen registers the telemetry sensors usedwith the transmitter. When only one of a certain
type of sensor is used, this setting is unnecessary
and the sensor can be used by simply connecting itto the S.BUS2 port of the transmitter.
When using 2 or more of the same kind of
sensor, they must be registered here.

[What is a slot?]
6HUYRVDUHFODVVL¿HGE\&+EXWsensorsDUHFODVVL¿HGLQXQLWVFDOOHG"slot". There are slots
from No. 1 to No. 31.
$OWLWXGHVHQVRUV*36VHQVRUV and other data sensor units may use PXOWLSOHVORWV.
Using a sensor which uses two or more slots, the required number of slots is automaticallyassigned by setting up a start slot.
When 2 or more of the same kind of sensor are used, the sensors themselves must allocate
unused slots and memorize that slot.

● Jog key presses side and makes it 2 pages.

6(16256/27

6(16256/27

㌣6%67
㌣6%6502
㌣6%6$
6%6$ 6%6$
㌣6%69

6%69㌣6%6*
6%6*6%6* 6%6*
6%6*
● 8 slots SBS-01G is used.

● Slot number● 3 slots SBS-01A is
used.

＜ Assignable slot ＞
Sensor
TEMP(SBS-01T)
RPM(SBS01RM,SBS01RO)

Common function● The "SENSOR" of a menu is chosen, and Jog key
press.

● SensorID：When multiple sensors of the same type are
not used, ID is unnecessary.

*Altimeter, GPS, and other sensors that display a large amount of data require multiple slots.
*Depending on the type of sensor, the slot numbers that can be allocated may be limited.

The required
number of slots
1 slot

The number which can be used as a start slot

1 slot1 〜 31

Voltage(SBS-01V)

2 slotAltitude(SBS-01A)

3 slotGPS(SBS-01G)
TEMP125-F1713

8 slot1 slotVARIO-F1712

2 slotVARIO-F1672

2 slot

CURR-F1678

3 slotGPS-F1675

8 slotSelling area

1 〜 31

1,2,3,4,5,6,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,16,17,18,19,
20,21,22,24,25,26,27,28,29,30
1,2,3,4,5,8,9,10,11,12,13,16,17,18,19,20,21,
24,25,26,27,28,29
8,16,24
1 〜 31
1,2,3,4,5,6,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,16,17,18,19,
20,21,22,24,25,26,27,28,29,30
1,2,3,4,5,6,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,16,17,18,19,
20,21,22,24,25,26,27,28,29,30
1,2,3,4,5,8,9,10,11,12,13,16,17,18,19,20,21,
24,25,26,27,28,29
8,16,24

GlobalEurope83

● REGISTER（When using multiple telemetry sensors of the same type.）
7KLVIXQFWLRQUHJLVWHUVDQDGGLWLRQDOVHQVRU&RQQHFWWKHVHQVRUDVVKRZQLQWKH¿JXUHDQGUHJLVWHULWE\WKHIROORZLQJSURFHGXUH7KHVHQVRU,'LVUHJLVWHUHGLQWKHWUDQVPLWWHU

Sensor connect
Receiver battery

Hub

SensorConnect a sensor to add

T10J

MethodCalling the setting screen

Common function② Select "SENSOR"
from the menu with the Jog
key.

① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.

＋③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

（1 second）④ Jog key presses sideand makes it 6pages.

6(16256/27
㌣6%67
㌣6%6502
㌣6%6$
6%6$ 6%6$
㌣6%69

6(16256/27
,1+%,7

Left 1-timepressorRight 10time press㌣5(*,67(5㌣6(166/27
 ㌣,1,7,$/,=(㌣$//&/($5

Sensor register① "REGISTER" in SENSOR SLOT page
6 is chosen by Jog key.

② Press the Jog key for 1 second.

● Conﬁrmation message"sure?" blinks.

③ Press the Jog key.

● A confirmation "beep"sounds when complete.

● "COMU-ERROR" : When the number of slots
needed in registration is insufficient, an error isdisplayed and registration cannot be performed.

84

● SENS SLOTThis procedure changes the slot number of one registered sensor.

Sensor connection
Receiver battery

Hub

SensorConnect a sensor to add

T10J

Calling the setting screen① "SENS SLOT" in SENSOR SLOT page
6 is chosen by Jog key.

② Jog key press.

Common function

6(16256/276(77,1*● READ is chosen and Jog
key is pressed → "sure?"→ Jog key is pressed.

● "COMU-ERROR" whenreading goes wrong.

5($'
67$576/27 ‫ڀٮٮ‬岜岜岜
6/27/(1*7+ ‫ٮٮ‬
7<3( 岜岜岜岜ٕٕٕٕ
,' ‫ٮٮٮٮٮ‬● Number is chosen, Input anumber by the ＋ key or −key.
*Referred to＜ Assignable slot ＞● Once the sensor is read correctly, the Sensor
ID will be displayed85

● INITIALIZE
This function returns the slot setting and alarm setting of each sensor to their initial value (shipped state).
Various sensors can be used one by one.
*The slot number memorized at each sensor cannot be initialized.

Calling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.

＋② Select "SENSOR"
from the menu with the Jog
key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

（1 second）④ Jog key presses side and makesit 6 pages

6(16256/27

Common function㌣6%67
㌣6%6502
㌣6%6$
6%6$ 6%6$
㌣6%69

6(16256/27
,1+%,7

Left 1-timepressorRight 10time press㌣5(*,67(5㌣6(166/27
 ㌣,1,7,$/,=(㌣$//&/($5

Initialize① "INITIALIZE" in SENSOR SLOT page
6 is chosen by Jog key.

② Press the Jog key for 1 second.

● Conﬁrmation message"sure?" blinks.

86③ Press the Jog key.

● The initialization is done
when "COMPLETE" isshown.

● ALL CLEAR
7KLVIXQFWLRQVHWVDOOWKHVORWVWR,1+6HQVRUVFDQQRWEHXVHGHYHQLIFRQQHFWHGWRWKHUHFHLYHU$OOWKH
alarm settings of each sensor are also cleared.
*The slot number memorized at each sensor is not initialized.

Calling the setting screen② Select "SENSOR"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.

＋③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

（1 second）④ Jog key presses side and makesit 6 pages

6(16256/27

,1+%,7

Left 1-timepressorRight 10time press㌣5(*,67(5㌣6(166/27
 ㌣,1,7,$/,=(㌣$//&/($5All clear① "ALL CLEAR" in SENSOR SLOT page
6 is chosen by Jog key.

② Press the Jog key for 1 second.

● Conﬁrmation message"sure?" blinks.

Common function㌣6%67
㌣6%6502
㌣6%6$
6%6$ 6%6$
㌣6%69

6(16256/27

③ Press the Jog key.

● The clearing is done
when "COMPLETE" isshown.

87

● Manually assigning a sensor slot number$VORWQXPEHUFDQEHDVVLJQHGZLWKRXWFRQQHFWLQJWKHVHQVRUWRWKHWUDQVPLWWHU,QDPDQXDOVHWLWLV
required to store a start slot number in a sensor.

Calling the setting screen② Select "SENSOR"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.

＋③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

（1 second）④ Jog key is pressed in a side and it
searches for an empty slot. (INHIBIT).

Common function

6(16256/27

6(16256/27

㌣6%67
㌣6%6502
㌣6%6$
6%6$ 6%6$
㌣6%69

6%6*6%6*6%6*,1+,%,7 ,1+,%,7
,1+,%,7

Assignment of slot
① When an INHIBIT slot is selected
and the Jog key is pressed, a listof sensors that can be assigned tothat slot is displayed.

*Refer to the <Assignable slots>
table.

88② Select the sensor you want toassign and press the Jog key.

③ Press the END key.

END

SBUS LINK

S.BUS servo link

(Common)

Function
An S.BUS servo can memorize the channel andvarious settings you input. Servo setting can be
performed on the T10J screen by wiring the servo
DVVKRZQLQWKH¿JXUH

* With some S.BUS(2) servos, there are some functions with
FDQQRW EH XVHG ,I D IXQFWLRQ FDQQRW EH XVHG WKH GLVSOD\screen will change. (Only the function which can be used bya servo is displayed.)
$IWHUUHDGLQJFRPSOHWLRQZLWKFRQQHFWLRQRIWKHDERYH¿JXUH
if a stick is moved, the test of operation of the servo can be
operated and carried out.

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.

＋② Select "SBUS LINK"
from the menu with the Jog
key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

（1 second）

02'(,1

6%866;
12/,1. 5($'④ Press the Jog key
for 1 second.

3/($6('2127<(7&211(&7$6(592（1 second）

⑤ Connect a S.BUS servo to set up.

Common function

6%866;

Receiver battery

CAUTION

HUB● 'RQ WFRQQHFWDVHUYRXQWLO"MODE IN".

T10J

S.BUS/
S.BUS2 ServoŶ2WKHUZLVHDVHUYRZLOOYLEUDWHDQG
EUHDNGRZQ

S.BUS Servo setting⑤ "READ" is chosen by Jog key, Press
the Jog key for 1 second.

⑥ READ is completed andthe item in which data of
S.BUS servo and a setup
are possible is displayed.
* "COMU-ERROR" :It is failure of READ. Check a
servo and connection.

⑦ S.BUS servo is set up.
⑧ "WRITE" is chosen and Jog key
is pressed for 1 second.

The writing is done when
"COMPLETE" is shown.

Next page S.BUS servo function

89

S.BUS Servo Description of function of each parameter*There are a function which can be used according to the kind of servo, and an impossiblefunction.

ID =[ ID ]

Displays the ID of the servo whose parameters are to be read. It cannot be changed.

CHAN ▶

[ Channel ]Channel of the S.BUS system assigned to the servo. Always assign a channel before use.

NEUT ▶

[ Neutral Oﬀset ]Common function

The neutral position can be changed. When the neutral oﬀset is large value, the servo's rangeof travel is restricted on one side.

EPA ▶

[ Travel Adjust ]The left and right travels centered about the neutral position can be set independently.

DEAD ▶

[ Dead band ]The dead band angle at stopping can be speciﬁed.
[Relationship between dead band set value and servo operation]
Small ĺ Dead band angle is small and the servo is immediately operated by a small signal
change.
Large ĺ Dead band angle is large and the servo does not operate at small signal changes.
(Note) If the dead band angle is too small, the servo will operate continuously and thecurrent consumption will increase and the life of the servo will be shortened.

REVE ▶

[ Reverse ]The direction in which the servo rotates can be changed.

STRE ▶

[ Stretcher ]The servo hold characteristic can be set. The torque which attempts to return the servo to thetarget position when the current servo position has deviated from the target position can be
adjusted.
This is used when stopping hunting, etc., but the holding characteristic changes as shown
below.
[Relationship between stretcher and servo operation]
Small ĺ Servo holding force becomes weaker.
Large ĺ Servo holding force becomes stronger.
(Note) When this parameter is large, the current consumption increases.

90

BOST ▶ 3% 〜 45%[ Boost ]The minimum current applied to the internal motor when starting the servo can be set. Sincea small travel does not start the motor, it essentially feels like the dead band was expanded.
The motor can be immediately started by adjusting the minimum current which can start the
motor.
[Relationship between boost set value and servo operation]
Small ĺ Motor reacts to a minute current and operation becomes smooth.
Large ĺ Initial response improves and output torque increases. However, if the torque is toolarge, operation will become rough.

DAMP ▶

[ Damper ]The characteristic when the servo is stopped can be set.
When smaller than the standard value, the characteristic becomes an overshootcharacteristic. If the value is larger than the standard value, the brake is applied before thestop position.

[Relationship between damper set value and servo operation]
Small ĺ When you want to overshoot. Set so that hunting does not occur.
Large ĺ When you want to operate so that braking is not applied. However, it will feel likethe servo response has worsened.
(Note) If used in the hunting state, not only will the current consumption increase, but thelife of the servo will also be shortened.

BSTM ▶ ON/OFF

Common function

Especially, when a large load is applied, overshoot, etc. are suppressed by inertia and hunting
may occur, depending on the conditions. If hunting (phenomena which cause the servo
to oscillate) occurs even though the Dead Band, Stretcher, Boost and other parameters are
suitable, adjust this parameter to a value larger than the initial value.

[ Boost ON/OFF ]OFF : It is the boost ON at the time of low-speed operation.(In the case of usual)ON : It is always the boost ON.(When quick operation is hope)

SPED ▶

[ Speed Control ]Speeds can be matched by specifying the operating speed. The speed of multiple servos canbe matched without being aﬀected by motor ﬂuctuations. This is eﬀective for load torques
below the maximum torque.
However, note that the maximum speed will not be exceed what the servo is capable of even
if the servos operating voltage is increased.

STAR ▶

[ Soft Start ]Restricts operation in the speciﬁed direction the instant the power is turned on. By using thissetting, the ﬁrst initial movement when the power is turned on slowly moves the servo to thespeciﬁed position.

SMOT ▶

[ Smoother ]This function changes smoothness of the servo operation relative to stick movementchanges. Smooth setting is used for normal flight. Select the "OFF" mode when quick
operation is necessary such as 3D.

91

MDL-TRANS

Model transfer

Function(Common)*T10J does not carry out normal operation during data transfer.

Transmission of model data is possible with
T10J transmitters. Data transfer is performed by
the radio. The MDL-TRANS function works withthe current model you are using in the transmitter.
As for the receiving transmitter, any data on thecurrent model that is receiving the information will
be over-written.

MethodCAUTION$OZD\VFKHFNVHUYRGLUHFWLRQSULRUWRHYHU\ÀLJKW
DV DQ DGGLWLRQDO SUHFDXWLRQ WR FRQILUP SURSHUPRGHOGDWDKRRNXSVDQGUDGLRIXQFWLRQNOTE: MDL-TRANS between two T10J radios shouldbe performed within a 2-meter range.

Calling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.

＋② Select "MDL-TRANS"
from the menu with the Jog
key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

（1 second）

Common function

0'/75$16

Execution of transmission/
receptionMODE：
T R A N S F E R（T10J o f d a t aorigin ）／R E C E I V E（ T 1 0 J w h i c hreceives data）

Model transfer● MDL-TRANS between two T10J radios should be performed within 2-meter range.
① In each T10J, the ＋ or − key is pressed and it ismade "TRANSFER" and "RECEIVE".

＋

−
or

● "TRANSFER"：T10J of data origin"RECEIVE"：T10J which receives data

Selection range：TRANSFER, RECEIVE● From T8J to T10J, data transfer is possible. In that case, TYPE
of T10J on the "RECEIVER" side is changed into "T8J" by ＋−
key. However, data cannot be sent to T8J from T10J.

92② Select "Execute" with the Jog key.

③ Hold down the Jog key [ each T10J ].
（1 second )）● "COMPLETE" is displayed and the modetransfer is ﬁnished.

● If data is not being transmitted, the receiving transmitter
returns to normal operation 10 seconds after execution. At
this time, "Failure" (not transmitting) is displayed.

TRAINER

Trainer(Common)

Function
6LQFHWKHFKDQQHODQGRSHUDWLRQPRGHXVHGLQWUDLQLQJFDQEHVHOHFWHGWKHWUDLQLQJGLI¿FXOW\FDQEHVHW
to match the student’s level.
The trainer function can be used by connecting the instructor’s transmitter to the student’s transmitterXVLQJDVSHFLDOWUDLQHUFRUG VROGVHSDUDWHO\ 6WXGHQWRSHUDWLRQLVSRVVLEOHE\LQVWUXFWRUVZLWFKRSHUDWLRQ,I
the student enters a dangerous situation, control can be immediately switched to the instructor.
● Four operation modes can be selected at each channel.
● The trainer switch is set to switch H.

Trainer code

When the trainer function is used, the snap roll function is automaticallydeactivated.
Teacher

CAUTION

Student

Use the trainer function under the following conditions:

Trainer function operation modes● FNC mode: The channel set to this mode can be controlled by the student using the mixing set atthe instructorʼ s transmitter. *Student settings are returned to their initial value in advance. Next,
reverse function makes all channels normal.
● MIX mode: The channel set to this mode is controlled by mixing the instructor and student signals.
Correction rudder is applied by the instructor. When this mode is selected, the studentʼ s rate is
reduced to prevent servo overthrow. The studentʼ s rate can also be set. *Student settings are
returned to their initial value in advance. Next, reverse function makes all channels normal.
● NOR mode: The channel set to this mode is controlled by signals from the studentʼ s transmitter. (The
instructor and student settings must be the same.)● OFF mode: The channel set to this mode cannot be controlled by the student. It can only be controlled
by the instructor.

Common function● When the instructor uses a T10J transmitter, set the studentʼ s transmitter modulation to PPM (forconventional frequency transmitter). (When the student uses a T10J transmitter, the modulation
mode does not have to be changed. A PPM signal is always output from the trainer jack.)● Before ﬂight always conﬁrm that all the instructor and student channels operate normally as set.
● Always insert the trainer cord as far as it will go and take measures so that the cord will not workloose during use.
● Always remove the high frequency module of the studentʼ s transmitter. (For module type)● Never turn on the studentʼ s transmitter power switch.

However, channels not provided at the studentʼ s transmitter are controlled by the instructor regardless of the above
settings.
When other models are selected, the trainer function is deactivated, but the channel settings remain.

Example of use● When the FUNC mode is set at the stick channel, helicopter stick operation training is possible evenwith a 4EX transmitter (4 channels for aircraft).
● Control by the instructor is possible by setting only the training channel matched to the studentʼ slevel to the NORM mode and setting the other channels to the OFF mode.

◆ Trainer Cords
Instructor

Student

Trainer Cords
T12FG (FUTM4405)

10J

10C, 9C, 7C, 6EX, 4EX
18MZ,14MZ, 14SG,
FX-22, 12Z, 12FG,
8FG, 10J, 8J, 6J

18MZ,14MZ,
14SG, FX-22, 12Z,
12FG, 8FG, 10C,
9C, 7C, 8J, 6J, 4EX

T12FG (FUTM4405) and 9C(FUTM4415) Trainer Cords

10J

93

Method
Calling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.

＋② Select "TRAINER"
from the menu with the Jog
key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

（1 second）（Trainer function）
75$,1(5● Select the item with the
Jog key.
Function activation● Channel setting mode display

Channel SelectCommon function

Select CH mode Display

Rate by student（at MIX mode）＜ ChannelDisplay ＞
ACROBATICHELICOPTER

1: AIL（Aileron） 6: FLP（Flap）
2: ELE（Elevator） 7: AU7
3: THR（Throttle）8: AU8
4: RUD（Rudder）
5: GER（Gear）

GLIDER (AF2)*CH9 and CH10 cannot use a trainer function.

Trainer function■ Function activation① Select the "OFF" bypressing the + key
or ‒ key.

＋■ Mode setting−② The mode of the channel of hopeis chosen by pressing the + key
or ‒ key.

or（When MIX mode Select）■ Student rate setting③ Jog key is pressed in a side
and a channel is chosen, ratesetting by pressing the + key
or ‒ key.

＋

Range：0 〜 100%
Default：30%＋

Selection range：OFF,
NOR, FNC, MIX、Default：OFF● When you do not want to use thefunction select INH.

94

MULTICOPTER

1: AIL（Aileron） 6: PIT（PITCH） 1: AIL（Aileron） 6: FL2（Flap2） 1: AIL（Aileron） 6: AU6
2: ELE（Elevator） 7: AU7
2: ELE（Elevator） 7: AI2（Aileron2） 2: ELE（Elevator） 7: AU7
3: THR（Throttle） 8: AU8
3: MOT（Motor） 8: AU8
3: THR（Throttle）8: AU8
4: RUD（Rudder）
4: RUD（Rudder）
4: RUD（Rudder）
5: GYR（GYRO）
5: FLP（Flap）
5: MOD（Mode）

−
or

−
or

Airplane Function
The setting screen of each function is called from the following menu. The function whenthe model type was set to airplane (ACROBATIC) is displayed here.

Power ON

● First set thethrottle to slow.

To menu screenby holding down
the + key

● Then turn on the
power.
（Home screen）● When t h e E N D k e y i spressed, the display returns
to the home screen.

● When the + key is pressed for
1 second, the menu screen is（1 second）
displayed.

＋

END

MENU
0(18岜岜岜岜
0(18岜岜岜岜㌣(1'32,17㌣75,0㌣68%75,0㌣30,;
㌣$8;&+$1㌣3$5$0(7(50(18岜岜岜岜 

MENU
2/3

㌣7(/(0(75<㌣6(1625㌣6%86/,1.
㌣0'/75$16㌣75$,1(5㌣$,/',))㌣$,/‫ڀ‬58'㌣97$,/㌣*<526(16㌣(/(921㌣$,/9$725㌣7+5‫ڀ‬1(('/

AirplaneMENU
1/3㌣0'/6(/㌣0'/1$0(㌣)$,/6$)(㌣5(9(56(㌣7,0(5㌣6(592（Selection）● Move the cursor(highlighted) up and down
and to the left and rightwith the Jog key and selectthe function.
The cursor can be moved
over several pages.

0(18岜岜岜岜  

MENU
3/3

㌣'5(;32㌣)/$3(521㌣$,5%5.
㌣)/$3‫(ڀ‬/(㌣(/(‫)ڀ‬/$3㌣)/$375,0㌣7+5&87㌣,'/('2:1㌣61$352//㌣7+5&859(㌣3,7&859(㌣7+5岜'(/$<（Calling the setting screen）● Press the Jog key to open thesetting screen.

95

key ／ LCD●＋ key●− key●Jog key●END key

Refer to "Common Functions"previously described for a
description of this function.
■ Function
MENU1/3
MDL-SEL(P.40)TELEMETRY(P.66)

D/R, EXPO

Model select ／ Model Copy ／ Data
reset ／ RX ／ Link

Telemetry Display ／ Alarm setup

Dual rate ／ EXPO

MDL-NAME

SENSOR

FLAPERON

Telemetry sensor(P.43)

Model name ／ User name

FAIL SAFE(P.45)

Fail safe

Airplane

REVERSE(P.47)

Servo reverse

TIMER(P.48)END POINT

Trim reset ／ Trim step
Sub trim

P.MIX1-6(P.98)(P.99)(P.100)(P.112)

THR.CUT(P.113)IDLE DOWN(P.115)

SNAP ROLL(P.116)

Snap roll(P.101)

THR-CURVE(P.117)

Throttle curve(P.102)

PIT-CURVE(P.118)

PIT-curve

Ailvator

THR → NEEDL

PARAMETER

Throttle → Needle Mixing(P.58)

FLAP TRIM

Idle down

AUX channel
Data reset ／ Model type ／ ATLtrim ／ LCD contrast ／ Back light :mode, time, adjustment ／ Home
display ／ Battery alarm ／ Battery
vibration ／ Buzzer tone ／ Jognavi ／ Jog light ／ Jog time ／Telemetry : mode, unit ／ Speech :language, volume ／ Stick position
alarm(P.111)

Throttle cut

ElevonAILVATOR(P.56)(P.110)

Flap trim

Gyro mixing

ELEVON(P.53)

Program mixing 1 〜 6

AUX-CHAN(P.97)

V-Tail

GYRO SENS(P.52)(P.108)Elevator → Flap mixing

V-TAIL(P.51)

FLAP → ELE
ELE → FLAP(P.93)

Trainer

Aileron → Rudder

SUB TRIM(P.92)TRAINERAIL → RUD

(P.106)Air brake
Flap → Elevator mixing

Servo monitor ／ Servo test

TRIM

AIR-BRK

Data transfer of another 10J or 8J

SERVO(P.50)(P.89)

MDL-TRANS

Aileron Diﬀerential(P.104)

Flaperon

S.BUS servo set up

AIL-DIFF(P.49)(P.83)

SBUS LINKTimer

End point96

MENU3/3

MENU2/3(P.103)

THR DELAY
Throttle delay(P.119)

AIL-DIFF

Aileron diﬀerential(ACROBATIC)

Function
The left and right aileron differential can be
adjusted independently. This function is restricted
to 2 servo aileron.

CH1

CH7

NOTE：Aileron Differential cannot be used simultaneously with Flaperon or Elevon. If
another function is already active, “Others WING mix “ON” is displayed on the screen. Aftersetting the active function to “INH” , set the Aileron Diﬀerential function to “ACT” .

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "AIL-DIFF"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）$,/',))（Aileron）
Aileron1（CH1）rate
Aileron2（CH7）rate

L：Aileron stick Left side rate
R：Aileron stick Right side rate

Airplane

ACT/INH● When INH is selected, thefunction cannot be used. To use
the function, select ACT.

● Select the setting item with
the Jog key.

Aileron Diﬀerential■ Activating the function① Select the "MIX" item and thenselect the "ACT" by pressing
the + key or ‒ key.

＋−

■ Aileron rate
② Select the "RATE-AIL1" item and movethe aileron stick to the left and rightand adjust the travel of each servo bypressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋

−
or

or

Range：-120 〜 +120%
Default：+100%● When you do not use afunction, set to the "INH"side.

● When you want to return to the initial value, press the + key
and ‒ key simultaneously. However, when the polarity ischanged only the number returns to the initial value.

（Adjust the "RATE-AIL2" item in the same way as ② .）97

AIL → RUD

Aileron → Rudder mixing(ACROBATIC)

Function
Use this mix when you want to mix the rudders
with aileron operation. This allows the aircraft tobank at a steep angle.
ŏ:KHQ WKH OLQNDJH GLUHFWLRQ LV UHYHUVHG E\ WKHOLQNDJH DGMXVWPHQWV FDQ EH PDGH E\ FKDQJLQJWKHUDWHSRODULW\MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "AIL → RUD"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）$,/ ‫ ڀ‬58'
Activating the function● When not using this function,
select INH.

Mixing rate

Airplane● Select the setting itemwith the Jog key.

Aileron → Rudder Mixing■ Activating the function① Select the "MIX" item and then selectthe "ON" by pressing the + key or ‒
key.

＋

98

−

■ Mixing rate
② S e l e c t t h e " R AT E " i t em a n dthen adjust the mixing rate bypressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋

−
or

or

Range：-100 〜 +100%
Default：+50%● When you do not use a function, set
to the "INH" side.

● When you want to return the set value to the initialvalue, press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.
However, polarity does not return.

V-TAIL

V-Tail(ACROBATIC)

Function

Ｖ-tailThis mixing is used with V tail aircraft thatcombine the elevator and rudder functions.
NOTE：V Tail cannot be used simultaneously with
Elevon or Ailevator. When another function is alreadyactivated, “Other WING mix “ON” ” is displayed on thescreen. Set the V tail function to ACT after setting theactive function to INH.

CH2 (CH4)

Elevator
RudderMethodCH4 (CH2)CH2 Servo
ELE1
RUD2

CH4 Servo
ELE2
RUD1

Calling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "V-TAIL"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）

Activating the function

97$,/

ELE1 rate
ELE2 rate（Rate adjustment）

RUD2 rate
RUD1 rate

Airplane● When INH is selected, thefunction cannot be used. To use
the function, select ACT.

● Select the setting item with
the Jog key.

V-TAIL■ Activating the function① Select the "MIX" item and thenselect the "ACT" by pressing
the + key or ‒ key.

＋

−
or

● When you do not use afunction, set to the "INH" side.

■ Rate adjustment② Select the "RATE" item and then adjust
the mixing rate by pressing the + key or‒ key.

＋−
or

Range：-100 〜 +100%
Default：+50%（only ELE2 : -50%）● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press
the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.However, polarity does not
return.

NOTE：We recommend that setting be performed while moving the stick and checking the amount of movement. If
the amount of movement is too large, elevator and rudder operation will be compounded and the servo travel range
will be exceeded and a dead band in which the servo will not operate may be created.

99

GYRO SENS Gyro sensor(ACROBATIC)

Function
IOLJKW WKH J\UR ZLOO ORVH FRQWURO RI WKH SODQH·V
DWWLWXGH )URP WKH VWDQGSRLQW RI VDIHW\ ZH
UHFRPPHQGWKDWWKH2))  SRVLWLRQDOVREHVHWXVLQJDSRVLWLRQVZLWFKŏ & +    & +   & +    & +   & +   R U  & +   & +   & + 
FRPELQDWLRQV FDQ EH VHOHFWHG DV WKH VHQVLWLYLW\VHWWLQJFKDQQHOThis function is dedicated mixing for switching
the gyro sensitivity and gyro mode (AVCS/NORMAL) of Futaba airplane use gyros. Up to 3
axes can be set.
ŏ7KH VHQVLWLYLW\ VZLWFK FDQ EH VHOHFWHG DQG WKHVHQVLWLYLW\RIHDFKGLUHFWLRQRIWKHVZLWFKFDQEH
VHW 6ZLWFKHV $ WR +  ,I WKH DLUSODQH VWDOOV GXULQJ

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "GYRO SENS"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）*<526(16Activating the function
Gain Channel selection
Switch direction● When not using this function,
select INH.

Sensitivity switch selection（C u r r e n t s w i t c h o p e r a t i n g
direction）

AirplaneGyrotype,
Gain rate● Select the setting itemwith the Jog key.

（Gyro type）（Gyro Gain）● Switches to thesensitivity setting
screen of each switch
direction when the
Jog key is pressed.

● When using a Futaba GYA gyro, select gyro type GY. This switches the gyro sensitivity setting
item to mode and sensitivity direct reading display.

GYRO SENS■ Activating the function① Select the "MIX" item
and then select the"ON" by pressing the +key or ‒ key.

＋

■ Sensitivity switch selection② Select the "SW" item and then select theswitch by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

−
or

＋

● When you do not use a function, set to the"INH" side.

■ Sensitivity setting channel selection③ Select the ＋−"CH" i tem an dorthen selectthe sensitivity
setting channel by pressing the + key
or ‒ key.

Range：CH5、CH5/CH7、CH5/CH8、CH5/CH7/CH8
Default：CH5

100

−
or

Range：SwA 〜 SwH、Default：SwA■ Gyro type and sensitivity setting④ Press the Jog key and select the sensitivity setting
screen you want to set and then set “type” (gyro type)
and “rate” (gyro sensitivity) of each channel by pressing
the +key or ‒ key.
（"type"）Range：STD,GY

Default：STD（"rate"）Range：0 〜 100%（STD）, NOR100 〜 0 〜
AVC100%（GY） Default：50%（STD）, 0%（GY）● When you want to return the set value to the initial value,press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.

ELEVON

Elevon(ACROBATIC)

Function

CH2

This mixing is used with delta wing, tailess, and disk shaped
airplanes that combine the aileron and elevator functions.
Connect the CH1 servo to the left aileron and the CH2 servo to theright aileron.

CH1
Pitch

ŏ7KHDLOHURQDQGHOHYDWRUWUDYHOFDQEHDGMXVWHGLQGLYLGXDOO\CH2

NOTE：Elevon cannot be used simultaneously with V-tail or Ailevator
functions. You may use Flaperon or Diﬀerential when this function is active.
If another function is already active, “Other WING mix “ON” is displayedon the screen. After setting the active function to “INH” , set the elevon
function to “ACT” .

CH1
Roll

Roll
Pitch

CH1 servo
AIL1
ELE2

CH2 servo
AIL2
ELE1

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "ELEVON"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）(/(921● When INH is selected, thefunction cannot be used. To use
the function, select ACT.

Aileron1（CH1）rate
Aileron2（CH2）rate（Aileron rate）
L：Aileron stick Left side rate
R：Aileron stick Right side rate

Elevator2（CH1）rate
Elevator1（CH2）rate

Airplane

Activating the function（Elevator rate）● Select the setting item with
the Jog key.

ELEVON■ Activating the function① Select the "MIX" item and thenselect the "ACT" by pressing
the + key or ‒ key.

＋

−
or

● When you do not use a function,
set to the "INH" side.

■ Rate set② Select the "RATE" item and then adjust
the mixing rate by pressing the + key or‒ key.

＋−
or

Range：-120 〜 +120%
Default：+100%（only ELE1 : -100%）● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press
the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.However, polarity does not
return.

NOTE：We recommend that setting be performed while moving the stick and checking the amount of movement. If
the amount of movement is too large, elevator and aileron operation will be compounded and the servo travel range
will be exceeded and a dead band in which the servo will not operate may be created.

101

AILVATOR

Ailvator(ACROBATIC)

Function

Ailevator mixes both Ailerons and Elevators together. Or thefunction can be used separate from your ailerons when you have two(OHYDWRUVHUYRV6LQFHWKHUHDUHDLUFUDIWOLNHMHW¿JKWHUVWKDWXVHWKH
elevators as ailerons, using this function can give you a sense of reality.
$LOHURQRSHUDWLRQFDQDOVREHXVHGZLWKHOHYDWRUVHUYRVSHFL¿FDWLRQVThe servos connect to the receiver CH2 and CH8 output.
ŏ(OHYDWRUDQGDLOHURQWUDYHOFDQEHDGMXVWHGLQGLYLGXDOO\ŏ&RQÀUPWKHGLUHFWLRQRIRSHUDWLRQEHFDXVHLWLVGLIIHUHQWGHSHQGLQJ
RQWKHOLQNDJH

CH 6
(CH7)

CH 1

CH 2
（CH 8）

Roll
Pitch

CH 8
（CH 2）

CH2 servo
AIL3
ELE1

CH8 servo
AIL4
ELE2

NOTE：Ailevator cannot be used simultaneously with V-tail or Elevon functions. When “Other WING mix “ON” “isdisplayed on the screen, set the ailvator function to ACT after setting the active function to INH.

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "AILVATOR"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）

Airplane● Select the setting item with
the Jog key.

$,/9$725

Activating the function
AIL3 Rate set
AIL4 Rate set● When INH is selected, thefunction cannot be used. To use
the function, select ACT.

（Rate）

ELE2 Rate set
ELE1 Rate set

AILVATOR■ Activating the function① Select the "MIX" item and thenselect the "ACT" by pressing
the + key or ‒ key.

＋

−
or

● When you do not use afunction, set to the "INH" side.

■ Rate set② Select the "RATE" item and then adjust
the mixing rate by pressing the + key or‒ key.

＋−
or

Range：-100 〜 +100%
Default：-50%（AIL3, AIL4）,-100%（ELE2）,+100%（ELE1）● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press
the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.However, polarity does not
return.

NOTE：We recommend that setting be performed while moving the stick and checking the amount of movement. If
the amount of movement is too large, elevator and aileron operation will be compounded and the servo travel range
will be exceeded and a dead band in which the servo will not operate may be created.
● When used as 2 elevator servos speciﬁcations without aileron operation, set the AIL3 and AIL4 travel to 0%.

102

THR → NEEDL

Throttle → Needle mixing(ACROBATIC)

Function
This function is used when the engine isequipped with a mixture control system (needle
control and other mixture adjustments to theengine).
The throttle control servo connects to receiver
CH8.
ŏ7KHPL[WXUHFDQEHVHWE\SRLQWFXUYHLQUHODWLRQWRWKHWKURWWOHVWLFNŏ$Q DFFHOHUDWLRQ IXQFWLRQ ZKLFK DFFHOHUDWHV WKHHQJLQH WR WKH RSWLPDO PL[WXUH ZKHQ WKH WKURWWOH LV
RSHQHGFDQEHVHW
NOTE：This cannot be used if Ailevator functionis active as they cannot be used simultaneously.
“AILVATOR mix “ON” “is displayed on the screen. Set the
THR → NEEDL function to ACT after setting the activefunction to INH.

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "THR → NEEDL"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）● Select the setting itemwith the Jog key.

7+5 ‫ ڀ‬1(('/● When not using this function,
select INH.

5 Point curve set（Cursor moves with a
THR stick）
Acceleration rate

● The set-up curve is shown

Airplane

Activating the function

Throttle curve■ Activating the function① Select the "MIX" ＋
it em a n d t h e nselect the "ON"by pressing the+ key or ‒ key.

−or

■ 5 point curve setting② Select the setting item (P-1 〜 P-5) and then set thetravel of each point by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

● When you do not use a function, set
to the "INH" side.

Range：0 〜 100%
Default：P-1:0%, P-2:25%, P-3:50%,
P-4:75%, P-5:100%● An acceleration function helps the engine compensate■ Acceleration rate
③ Select the "ACC" item and adjust the acceleration for sudden, large amounts of throttle input by making
the mixture suddenly richer, then easing it back toamount by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

Range：0 〜 100%, Default：0%● When you want to return the set value tothe initial value, press the + key and ‒ key
simultaneously.
NOTE： When using the acceleration function, since theneedle stroke is large, adjust your settings so there
is no binding of your linkage.

the proper adjustment for that throttle setting. Thisfunction requires some adjustment to best fit yourengine and your ﬂying style. Adjust engineʼ s response
until no hesitation occurs on rapid throttle input.
● Superfluous operation of a needle servo becomeslarge as it approaches to 100%. Moreover, time tousually return to a position becomes late.

103

D/R,EXPO

Dual rate ／ EXPO(ACROBATIC)

Function
D/R
The aileron, elevator and rudder channel control surface angle can be switched in 2 steps
ŏ7KHFRQWUROVXUIDFHDQJOHLVDGMXVWHGE\HDFKGLUHFWLRQRIWKHVZLWFK7KHOHIWDQGULJKW XSDQGGRZQ 
GLUHFWLRQRIHDFKVZLWFKFDQEHVHWLQGLYLGXDOO\EXPThis function makes operation more pleasant by changing the operating curve so that servo movement
is sluggish or sensitive relative to stick operation near the aileron, elevator, throttle, and rudder neutral
position. Adjustments can be made in 2 steps according to the control surface angle.
ŏ7KH´µVLGHPDNHVVHUYRPRYHPHQWVOXJJLVKDQGWKH´µVLGHPDNHVVHUYRPRYHPHQWVHQVLWLYHQHDUWKH
QHXWUDOSRVLWLRQ([SRQHQWLDOLVDSSOLHGWRHQWLUHWKURWWOHVHUYRWUDYHO:KHQWKH´µVLGHLVLQFUHDVHGWKH
VORZVLGHEHFRPHVVOXJJLVKDQGWKHKLJKVLGHEHFRPHVVHQVLWLYHŏ6HWWLQJFRUUHVSRQGLQJWRHDFKUDWHRIGXDOUDWH '5 LVSRVVLEOH ([FHSWWKURWWOH 7KHGLUHFWLRQRIHDFKVZLWFKDQGWKHOHIWDQGULJKW XSDQGGRZQ GLUHFWLRQRIHDFKFKDQQHOFDQEHVHWLQGLYLGXDOO\Switch selection（SW）
Switches A to H can be selected as the aileron channel, elevator channel, and rudder channel dual rate
(exponential) switch.
ŏ'HIDXOW：$LOHURQ：6ZLWFK' ／ (OHYDWRU：6ZLWFK$ ／ 5XGGHU：6ZLWFK%

MethodAirplaneCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "D/R, EXPO"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

＋ （1 second）● The channel under selection isunderlined.

Channel selection
Dual rate（Switch Direction）

EXPO● The dual rate and exponential
settings are displayed by acurve.

Switch selection● Channel selection/Selectthe setting item with the
Jog key.

104③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

（Switch No.）
（D/R and EXPO rate display）
Top row；Left side ／ down
Bottom row；Right side ／ up

＜ Channel ＞
1：Aileron
2：Elevator
3：Throttle
4：RudderD/R① A channel is chosen by Jog
key.

Range：1, 2, 4

② Adjust the rate by moving the cursor
to D/R with the Jog key, switching thedual rate switch to the direction you
want to set, moving the stick to the left
(down) or right (up) side and pressing
the + key or ‒ key.

−＋

Range：
0 〜 140%
Default：100%● When you want toreturn the set value tothe initial value, press
the + key and ‒ key
simultaneously.

Adjust the rate of each direction of the dual rate switch and stick by repeating step
● Moving to another setting item of the samechannel is possible by Jog key.

EXPO
① Select the "EXP" item andthen select the channel with
the Jog key.

② Adjust the rate by moving the cursor
to EXP with the Jog key, switching thedual rate switch to the direction you
want to set, moving the stick to the left
(down) or right (up) side and pressing
the + key or ‒ key.

−＋

Range：1 〜 4Range：-100 〜 +100%
Default：0%● When you want toreturn the set value tothe initial value, press
the + key and ‒ key
simultaneously.

● Moving to another setting item of thesame channel is possible by Jog key.

Airplane

Adjust the rate of each direction of the dual rate switch and stick by repeating step

Switch Change① Select the "SW" item and then selectthe channel with the Jog key.

② A switch is chosen by + key or -key.

＋

−
or

Range：1, 2, 4

Range：SwA 〜 SwH

105

FLAPERON

Flaperon(ACROBATIC)

Function
This mixing function mixes two ailerons and also gives the
DLOHURQVDÀDSIXQFWLRQ$LOHURQDQGOHIWDQGULJKWDLOHURQFRQWURO
surfaces can be raised at the same time. If this function is used
together with air brake function, the aircraft speed can be dropped
when landing and is effective in narrow places. Connect the left
aileron servo to CH1 (AIL) and the right aileron servo to CH6(FLP).
ŏ7KH XS DQG GRZQ DQJOH RI WKH OHIW DQG ULJKW DLOHURQ FRQWUROVXUIDFHVFDQEHDGMXVWHGLQGLYLGXDOO\ŏ7KHOHIWDQGULJKWÁDSWUDYHOFDQDOVREHDGMXVWHGLQGLYLGXDOO\

CH1

CH6

AileronOperation
Flap Operation

CH6 servo

CH1 servo

Right Aileron

Left Aileron

Flap1

Flap2

NOTE：Only the Flaperon, AileronDiﬀerential, or Elevon functions canbe used. They cannot be turned on simultaneously. When anotherfunction is already activated, “Other WING mix “ON” “is displayed on thescreen. Set the Flaperon function to ACT after setting the active function
to INH.

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

Airplane＋ （1 second）

Activating the function
Aileron1（CH1）rate
Aileron2（CH6）rate
Flap2（CH1）rate
Flap1（CH6）rate● Select the setting item with
the Jog key.

106

② Select "FLAPERON"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

)/$3(521● When INH is selected, thefunction cannot be used. To use
the function, select ACT.

（Aileron rate）
L：Aileron stick Left side rate
R：Aileron stick Right side rate

（Flap rate）

Flaperon■ Activating the function① Select the "MIX" item and thenselect the "ACT" by pressing
the + key or ‒ key.

＋−

■ Aileron rate
② Select "RATE-AIL1" and operate theaileron stick to the left and right andadjust the travel of each servo bypressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋

−
or

or

Range：-120 〜 +120%
Default：100%● When you do not use afunction, set to the "INH" side.

● When you want to return the set value to the initial value,press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously. However, when
the polarity is changed, only the number is returned to theinitial value.

(The “RATE-AIL 2” item is adjusted in the same way as ② .）（When ﬂap trim is used, make the settings shown below.）● However, set the basic travel with the Flap function in advance.（Default：0%）■ Flap rate
③ Select the "RATE-FLP2" item and adjust
the Flap2 travel by pressing the + key or‒ key.

＋−
or

Range：-120 〜 +120%
Default：+100%● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press
the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.However, polarity does not
return.

Airplane（The “RATE-FLP1” item is adjusted in the same way as ③ .
However, the “RATE-FLP1” side initial value is -100%.）

Flaperon ACT
CH1

CH6

When flaperon is active, theailerons can be controlled by the
servos connected to CH1 and CH6.
The servo travel can be adjusted
by the left and right end points.

Air brake ACT

CH1

CH6

The left and right ailerons canbe raised (brake operation) andlowered (flap operation) at thesame time by setting SW-C to its
lowest position.

107

AIR-BRK

Air brake(ACROBATIC)

Function
This function is used when the air brake isnecessary during landing and is turned on and off
by switch C (initial setting).
ŏ1RUPDOO\ ZKHQ WKH DLOHURQV DUH XVHG DV D  EUDNH
WKH\DUHUDLVHG 83VLGH
ŏ:KHQ WKH RSHUDWLRQ PRGH LV ´2)67µ RIIVHW  WKHDLU EUDNH LV FRQWUROOHG E\ VZLWFK RSHUDWLRQ :KHQ
WKHRSHUDWLRQPRGHLV´/,15µ OLQHDU WKHDLUEUDNH
LV RSHUDWHG OLQHDUO\ DW VZLWFK 21 DQG IURP WKHFRQWUROVWLFNVHWSRVLWLRQ

ŏ,IWKH´/,15µPRGHZDVVHOHFWHGWKHWKURWWOHVWLFNFRQWUROV &+ DQG WKH DLU EUDNH RSHUDWLRQ EXWLW FDQ EH VHSDUDWHG IURP &+ RSHUDWLRQ &+ 
FRQWURO FDQ EH VZLWFKHG IURP VWLFN WR VWLFN RU WR
95 NQRE  +RZHYHU ZKHQ RWKHU WKDQ VWLFN ZDVVHOHFWHG WKH WKURWWOH WULP DQG IXQFWLRQ UHYHUVH
IXQFWLRQVFDQQRWEHXVHG
ŏ:KHQ XVHG LQ WKH ´/,15µ PRGH DGMXVW WKH WUDYHOZLWK WKH WKURWWOH VWLFN DW WKH PD[LPXP VORZ VLGHEUDNLQJDPRXQWPD[LPXP ● Adjustment item for every wing type
Display（Normal）

Flaperon

AileronDiﬀerential

AIL1(1CH)
ELEV(2CH)
FLAP(6CH)
AIL2(7CH)----Elevator
Flap
-----

Aileron1
Elevator
Aileron2-----

Aileron1
Elevator
Flap
Aileron2

CH2

CH 2

CH 6

CH 1

MethodAirplaneCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）

Activating the function

Rate set
Delay Rate set● Select the setting itemwith the Jog key.

108

② Select "AIR-BRK"from the menu with the
Jog key.

$,5%5.

3CH Control set● When not using this Function
select INH. The display of On/
Oﬀ is shown when active andassigned to a switch.

Switch selection
Switch direction
Mode● When the “LINR” operation mode was selected, the current throttle stick position is displayed
at the operation reference point and in the bottom row parentheses.

Air brake■ Activating the function① Select the "MIX" item and then selectthe "ON" or "OFF" by pressing the +key or ‒ key.

＋

■ Rate set② Select the "rate" item andadjust the servo travel bypressing the + key or ‒ key.

−

＋

−
or

or

Range：-100 〜 +100%
Default：+50%（ELEV only -10%）● When you do not use a function, set
to the "INH" side.

● When you want to return the set value to the initialvalue, press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.
However, polarity does not return.

■ Delay Rate set③ Select the "delay" item and adjust the elevator
operation delay by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋

−
or

● The amount of delay is large at 100%.

Range：0 〜 100%、Default：0%● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press the + key
and ‒ key simultaneously.

（In the case of change of a switch）■ Switch selection① Select the "SW"i tem an d t h e nselect the switch
by pressing the+ key or ‒ key.

＋

−
or

＋

−
or

Range：● 2P SW：NULL, UP, DOWN
● 3P SW：NULL, UP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR, C&DN, DOWN

（In the case of change of a mode）■ Mode①S e l e c t t h e ＋−"MOD" itemorand select theoperation modeby pressing the + key or the ‒ key.

Range：OFST, LINR
Default：OFST

Airplane

Range：SwA 〜 SwH
Default：SwC■ Switch direction② Select the ON direction bypressing the + key or ‒ key at
the ON direction selection item.

■ Operation reference point setting ("LINR" mode
only)
② Select the operation reference point setting
item newly displayed at the bottom row
of "MOD" and hold the throttle stick at the
air brake start point and set the reference point bypressing the Jog key for 1 second.

Range：0 〜 100%

（When 3CH control is changed at the time of "LINR"）■ "LINR" mode 3CH control① Select the "CH3" item and select control by pressing the +key or ‒key.

Range：THR, SwA 〜 SwH, VR, DT5, DT6
Default：THR

109

FLAP → ELE

Flap → Elevator mixing(ACROBATIC)

Function
This mixing is used to compensate for pitch
FKDQJHV HOHYDWRUGLUHFWLRQ DWÀDSRSHUDWLRQ
ŏ:KHQ WKH PL[LQJ GLUHFWLRQ LV UHYHUVHG E\ WKHOLQNDJH DGMXVWPHQW LV SRVVLEOH E\ FKDQJLQJ WKH
UDWHSRODULW\ŏ7KHPL[LQJUHIHUHQFHSRLQWFDQEHVKLIWHG 2))6(7

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "FLAP → ELE"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）)/$3 ‫( ڀ‬/(● When not using this function,
select INH.

Activating the function
Mixing rate

AirplaneMixing oﬀset rate

（P r e s e n t f l a p o p e r a t i n gposition）● Select the setting itemwith the Jog key.

Flap → ElevatorMixing■ Activating the function① Select the "MIX" item and then selectthe "ON" by pressing the + key or ‒key.

＋

■ Mixing rate
② S e l e c t t h e " R AT E " i t em a n dthen adjust the mixing rate bypressing the + key or ‒ key.

−

● When you want to return the set value to the initialvalue, press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.

（When changing the mixing reference point）■ Mixing reference point oﬀset setting① Select the "OFFSET" item and turn the Flap knob to thepoint you want to make the mixing reference point andset the reference point by pressing the Jog key for 1
second.

Range：-100 〜 +100% Default：0%

110

−
or

Range：-100 〜 +100%
Default：0%

or● When you do not use a function, set
to the "INH" side.

＋（1 second）

ELE → FLAP

Elevator → Flap mixing(ACROBATIC)

Function
This mixing is used when you want to apply mixing from elevators
WRÀDSV8VXDOO\PL[LQJLVVXFKWKDWWKHÀDSVDUHORZHUHGE\UDLVLQJthe elevators. When used with Fun Fly and other aircraft, small loops
are possible.

Flap CH6

ŏ7KHXSVLGHDQGGRZQVLGHUDWHVFDQEHDGMXVWHG

MethodElevator CH2

Calling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "ELE → FLAP"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）(/( ‫) ڀ‬/$3

Activating the function● When not using this Function
select INH. The display of On/
Oﬀ is shown when active andassigned to a switch.

Mixing rate
Switch selection
Switch direction● Select the setting itemwith the Jog key.

● Sets the ON/OFF direction of the selected switch.
○ 2P SW：NULL, UP, DOWN
○ 3P SW：NULL, UP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR, C&DN, DOWN

Airplane（Elevator down side rate）（Elevator up side rate）● This cursor position
operates and chooses anelevator stick.

Elevator → FlapMixing■ Activating the function① Select the "MIX" item
and then select the ON
or OFF by pressing the+ key or ‒ key.

＋

■ Switch selection② Select the "SW" item
and then select theswitch by pressing the+ key or ‒ key.

−or

● When you do not use a function, set to the"INH" side.

■ Switch direction③ Select the "POSI" by pressing the+ key or ‒ key at
the ON direction
selection item.

＋

−
or

Range：● 2P SW：NULL, UP, DOWN
● 3P SW：NULL, UP, UP&D, UP&C,
CNTR, C&DN, DOWN

＋

−
or

Range：SwA 〜 SwH、Default：SwC■ Mixing rate
④ S e l e c t t h e " R AT E " i t e m a n dthen adjust the mixing rate bypressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋

−
or

Range：-100 〜 +100% Default：+50%● When you want to return the set value to the initialvalue, press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.
However, polarity does not return.
● RATE ↑ / ↓ cursor position operates and chooses anelevator stick.

111

FLAP TRIM

Flap trim(ACROBATIC)

Function
This function trims the CH6 VR knob.

VR neutral
Single beep soundŏ7KHWULPWUDYHOFDQEHDGMXVWHG
*When the ﬂaperon function is activated ( “ACT” ), thisfunction is turned on automatically. It can be turnedon and oﬀ independently.

MethodFlap neutral

VR turns

Flap adjustment

VR turns

Flap adjustment

Calling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "FLAP TRIM"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）)/$375,0● When INH is selected, thefunction cannot be used. To use
the function, select ACT.

Activating the function

Airplane

Flap trim rate

● Select the setting item with
the Jog key.

Flap Trim■ Activating the function① Select the "MIX" item and thenselect the "ACT" by pressing
the + key or ‒ key.

＋

−
or

● When you do not use afunction, set to the "INH" side.

112■ Flap rate
② Select the "RATE" item and then adjust
the ﬂap rate by pressing the + key or ‒
key.

＋

−
or

Range：-100 〜 +100%
Default：0%● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press
the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.

THR.CUT

Throttle cut(ACROBATIC)

Function
This function cuts (stops) the engine or motor
by stick operation. At throttle operation, the rate isadjusted to the position which completely cuts thethrottle servo or ESC when the throttle is operated.
When Thr.Cut is active, the throttle position is held
regardless of the throttle stick position.
ŏ125(6& RSHUDWLRQ PRGH VZLWFKLQJ )RU PRWRUDLUFUDIWVHOHFW(6&)RUPRWRUDLUFUDIWWKHWKURWWOHSRVLWLRQ ZKHQ WKH IXQFWLRQ LV UHVHW FDQ EH VHW VR

WKHPRWRUZLOOQRWXQH[SHFWHGO\UXQDWKLJKVSHHG
ZKHQ WKH WKURWWOH FXW IXQFWLRQ LV UHVHW :KHQ WKHWKURWWOHVWLFNLVKLJKHUWKDQWKHVHWWKURWWOHSRVLWLRQ
WKH WKURWWOH FXW IXQFWLRQ LV QRW UHVHW HYHQ LI WKHVZLWFKLVVHWWR2))6HWWRDVDIHWKURWWOHSRVLWLRQ
VORZVLGH ŏ)XQFWLRQRSHUDWLRQFDQEHVHOHFWHGIURPDPRQJVZLWFKHV$ 〜 +
ŏ6HWWKHWKURWWOHFXWIXQFWLRQIRUVDIHW\DOVR

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "THR.CUT"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）

Mode
Activating the function
Cut Position rate
Throttle Position
Switch selection
Switch direction● Select the setting itemwith the Jog key.

● When not using this Function
select INH. The display of On/
Off is shown when active andassigned to a switch.

Airplane

7+5&87● Adjusts the rate to the position
that completely cuts thethrottle servo or ESC.

● Sets the ON/OFF direction of the selected switch.
○ 2P SW：NULL, UP, DOWN
○ 3P SW：NULL, UP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR, C&DN, DOWN

● The “THR” item can be set
when the operation modei s “E S C” . T h e n u m b e r i nparentheses is the current
throttle stick position.

113

Throttle Cut■ Mode① Select the "MODE" item and then select themode by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋

■ Activating the function② Select the "MIX" item and then select the oﬀ
by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

−

＋

−

or

or

Range：NOR, ESC
Default：NOR● When you do not use a function, set to the"INH" side.

● "NOR"：Engine plane"ESC"：Electric motor plane■ Switch selection③ Select the "SW" item and then selectthe switch by pressing the + key or ‒
key.

＋

−

■ Switch direction④ Select the "POSI" by pressing the + key or ‒ key at
the ON direction selection item.

＋

−
or

or

Range：
Range：SwA 〜 SwH
Default：SwA

Airplane■ Cut Position rate
⑤ Select the "RATE" item and then selectthe cht position by pressing the + key or‒ key (motor stop).

＋−● 2P SW：NULL, UP, DOWN
● 3P SW：NULL, UP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR, C&DN,
DOWN（In the case of ESC ）■ Function release Throttle Position⑥ Select the "THR" item and then select the release
position by THR stick is lowered and Jog key ispressed for 1 second.

or● It adjusts to the position where an engine
is cut.

Range：-30 〜 0 〜 +30%
Default：0%● When you want to return the set value
to the initial value, press the + key and ‒key simultaneously.

114● Set to a safe low throttle position.

Range：0 〜 100%
Default：15%

IDLE DOWN Idle down

(ACROBATIC)

Function
This function is linked to the air brake switch
and gear switch and lowers the engine idle. It is
used when engine idle is set high to prevent the
HQJLQHIURPVWDOOLQJGXULQJÀLJKWDQG\RXZDQWWR
lower engine idle when landing.

ŏ7KHDPRXQWHQJLQHLGOHLVORZHUHGFDQEHVHW
ŏ$WLGOLQJGRZQRSHUDWLRQWKHVWRSOHYHUDGMXVWVWKH
LGOHGRZQDPRXQWŏ)XQFWLRQRSHUDWLRQFDQEHVHOHFWHGIURPDPRQJVZLWFKHV$ 〜 +7KHVZLWFKGLUHFWLRQFDQDOVREH
VHOHFWHG

MethodCalling the setting screen② Select "IDLE DOWN"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）,'/('2:1
Activating the function
Idle down rate

● When not using this Function
select INH. The display of On/
Oﬀ is shown when active andassigned to a switch.

● Select the setting itemwith the Jog key.

● Sets the ON/OFF direction of the selected switch.
○ 2P SW：NULL, UP, DOWN
○ 3P SW：NULL, UP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR, C&DN, DOWN

Idle down■ Activating the function① Select the "MIX" item
and then select the onor oﬀ by pressing the +key or ‒ key.

Airplane

Switch selection
Switch direction＋■ Switch selection② Select the "SW" item
and then select theswitch by pressing the+ key or ‒ key.

−or

● When you do not use a function, set to the"INH" side.

■ Switch direction③ Select the "POSI" by pressing the+ key or ‒ key at the ON direction
selection item.

Range：● 2P SW：NULL, UP, DOWN
● 3P SW：NULL, UP, UP&D, UP&C,
CNTR, C&DN, DOWN

＋

−
or

Range：SwA 〜 SwH、Default：SwC■ Idle down rate
④ Select the "RATE" item andthen ad just the idle down
rate by pressing the + key or‒ key.

＋−
or

Range：0 〜 40%
Default：0%● When you want to return the set value to the initialvalue, press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.

● The idle down amount is usually 10% 〜 20%. Hold down the aircraft and set the throttle switch to the maximum
slow position while the engine is running and adjust the idle drop amount while turning the switch on and oﬀ.

115

SNAP ROLL Snap roll

(ACROBATIC)

Function
This function performs snap roll by switch (SwH).
ŏ7KH UROO GLUHFWLRQ LV VHOHFWHG IURP DPRQJ  GLUHFWLRQV 58 /8 5' /'  E\ 
VZLWFKHVŏ$VDVDIHW\PHDVXUHDVDIHW\PRGHFDQEHVHWVRWKDWRSHUDWLRQLVQRWSHUIRUPHG
HYHQLIDVZLWFKLVPLVWDNHQO\WXUQHGRQZKHQUHWUDFWLQJWKHODQGLQJJHDU

Method

NOTE： The trainer function cannot be turned on simultaneously with thisfunction. If the trainer function is active, “trainer “ACT”” is displayed on thescreen. After setting the trainer function to “INH” , turn on this function.

（Direction Switch）
SW1

SW2

1: R/U
2: L/U
3: R/D
4: L/D

Calling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "SNAP ROLL"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）

Activating the function

61$352//（Snap roll direction）● When INH is selected, thefunction cannot be used. To use
the function, select OFF(ON).

Safe mode set
Direction Switch selection

Rate set

Airplane● Select the setting item with
the Jog key.

Snap roll■ Activating the function① Select the "MIX" item andthen select the "OFF" bypressing the + key or ‒ key.

or

■ Direction switch
selection② Select the "DIRC-SW1"
and "DIRC-SW2" itemand select each switch
by pressing the + key or‒ key.

● When you do not use afunction, set to the "INH"
side.

Range：
NULL, SwA 〜 SwH
Default：NULL＋−■ Safe mode set④ Select the "SAFE-MODE"
item and then select themode by pressing the +key or ‒ key.

Range：
FREE, CH5+, CH5Default：FREE■ Servo Rate set③ Switch the DIRC-SW1 or DIRCSW2 in the direction you arewanting to adjust by pressing
the + key or ‒ key at the “AIL” ,“ELE” , and “RUD” items.

Range：-120 〜 +120%● Set the R/U, L/U, R/D, and L/D
directions.

● When a 3 position switch was selected at “DIRC-SW1” setting, 1:R/U, 2:L/
U, 3:R/D switching is possible with 1 switch. At this time, “DIRC-SW2”
cannot be selected.
Safe mode setting can set the direction of the landing gear switch.
● When “CH5-” was selected, the safety device sets the landing gear switch to therear position and the snap switch is not effective even if operated. When thelanding gear switch is in the forward position, operation is possible. When “CH5+“ was selected, the safety device operates and the snap switch is ineﬀective even
if operated. When the landing gear switch is in the rear position, operation ispossible.
● When “FREE” was selected: The safety device does not operate regardless of theswitch direction.

116

THR-CURVE Throttle curve（Airplane）(ACROBATIC)

Function
This function sets a 5 point throttle curve so thatthe engine/motor speed relative to movement of theWKURWWOHVWLFNLVWKHRSWLPXPYDOXHIRUÀLJKWŏ$FXUYHFDQEHVHWIRUHDFKVZLWFKSRVLWLRQ
However, this function cannot be used when the throttle EXP function was set. When this function is set,
the throttle EXP function cannot be used.

MethodCalling the setting screen② Select "THR-CURVE"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）

7+5&859(

Activating the function
Switch selection● When not using this function,
select INH.
● The set-up curve is shown

5 point curve
set（Present switch position）

Airplane● Select the setting itemwith the Jog key.

Throttle curve■ Activating the function① Select the "MIX" item
and then select the"ON" by pressing the +key or ‒ key.

＋

−
or

● When you do not use a function, set to the"INH" side.

■ Switch selection② Select the "SW" item
and then select theswitch by pressing the+ key or ‒ key.

＋

−
or

Range：SwA 〜 SwH、Default：SwE■ 5 point curve set③ By Jog key, either of P-1 to P-5 is chosen. The + key or - key is pressed and arate is set up.

＋

−
or

Range：0 〜 100%
Default：P-1:0%, P-2:25%, P-3:50%, P-4:75%, P-5:100%117

Pitch curve（Airplane）

PIT-CURVE(ACROBATIC)

Function
This function is a function for the variable pitch
propellers of an airplane.
7KHFXUYHRI¿YHSRLQWVFDQEHVHWXSŏ3,7FXUYH IXQFWLRQ FDQQRW EH XVHG ZKHQ DQ
$,/9$725IXQFWLRQLV$&7ŏ&+RIDSLWFKFDQEHVHWWR&+RU&+

MethodCalling the setting screen② Select "PIT-CURVE"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）

3,7&859(

Activating the function
Switch selection● When not using this function,
select INH.

Channel selection● The set-up curve is shown

Airplane

5 point curve
set（Present switch position）● Select the setting itemwith the Jog key.

PIT-curve■ Activating the function① Select the "MIX" item
and then select the"ON" by pressing the +key or ‒ key.

＋

−
or

● When you do not use a function, set to the"INH" side.

■ 5 point curve set③ By Jog key, either of P-1
to P-5 is chosen. The +key or - key is pressed
and a rate is set up.

＋

−
or

Range：SwA 〜 SwH、Default：SwE（When a channel is changed）

＋

−
or

Range：-100 〜+100%Default：P-1:-100%, P-2:-50%, P-3:0%,
P-4:+50%, P-5:+100%

118■ Switch selection② Select the "SW" item
and then select theswitch by pressing the+ key or ‒ key.

■ Channel selection① Select the "CH" item andthen select the channel
by pressing the + key or ‒key.

＋

Range：8CH、5CH
Default：8CH−orTHR DELAY

Throttle delay(ACROBATIC)

Function
When this function is used, the throttle servo
operating speed can be slowed down.
（Perfect for turbojet engine throttle control, etc.）
ŏ7KHDPRXQWRIGHOD\FDQEHVHW

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "THR DELAY"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）

7+5'(/$<● When INH is selected, thefunction cannot be used. To use
the function, select ACT.

Activating the function（Throttle delay rate）● It can be set to slow the servo
movement up to +100%● Select the setting item with
the Jog key.

Airplane

Delay Rate set

THR DELAY■ Activating the function① Select the "MIX" item and thenselect the "ACT" by pressing
the + key or ‒ key.

＋

−
or

■ Delay Rate set② Select the "RATE" item and then adjust
the rate by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋

−
or

Range：0 〜 100%
Default：0%● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press
the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.

● When you do not use afunction, set to the "INH" side.

119

HELICOPTER Function
The setting screen of each function is called from the following menu. The function whenthe model type was set to helicopter is displayed here.

To menu screenby holding down
the + key

PowerON● First set thethrottle to slow.

● Then turn on the power.

（Home screen）● When the END key ispressed, the display
returns to the home
screen.

END● When the + key is pressed for（1 second） 1 second, the menu screen isdisplayed.

＋

MENU
0(18岜岜岜岜
0(18岜岜岜岜


MENU
1/3

㌣0'/6(/㌣0'/1$0(㌣)$,/6$)(㌣5(9(56(㌣7,0(5㌣6(592㌣(1'32,17㌣75,0㌣68%75,0㌣30,;
㌣$8;&+$1㌣3$5$0(7(5Helicopter0(18岜岜岜岜 

MENU
2/3

㌣7(/(0(75<㌣6(1625㌣6%86/,1.
㌣0'/75$16㌣75$,1(5㌣&21',7,21㌣6:$6+$)5㌣6:+0,;㌣6:+5,1*㌣2))6(7㌣'(/$<㌣7+5&87（Selection）● Move the cursor(highlighted) up anddown and to the left andright with the Jog key andselect the function.
The cursor can be moved
over several pages.

0(18岜岜岜岜  

MENU
3/3

120

㌣*<526(16㌣'5(;32㌣7+5&859(㌣3,7&859(㌣5(920,;㌣7+5+2/'㌣*29(5125㌣+297+5㌣+293,7㌣+, ‫ ط‬/23,7㌣7+50,;㌣7+5‫ڀ‬1(('/（Calling the setting screen）● Press the Jog key to open thesetting screen.

key ／ LCD●＋ key（Condition switching at eachsetting screen）● Press the jog button for 1 second.
When setting conditions with thefollowing function, each setting canbe made by switching the condition
by pressing the Jog key for 1 second.
Throttle curve, Pitch curve,
Pitch → Rudder, Gyro sens, HI/
LO-Pitch, OFFSET, Throttle MIX,
THR → Needle, Swash MIX●− key●Jog key●END key

Refer to "Common Functions"previously described for a
description of this function.
■ Function
MENU1/3
MDL-SELMENU2/3(P.40)TELEMETRYMENU3/3(P.66)

GYRO SENS

Model select ／ Model Copy ／ Data
reset ／ RX ／ Link

Telemetry Display ／ Alarm setup

Gyro mixing

MDL-NAME

SENSOR

D/R, EXPO

Telemetry sensor(P.43)

Model name ／ User name

FAIL SAFE(P.45)

Fail safe

REVERSE(P.47)

Servo reverse

TIMER(P.48)

Timer

SERVO

(P.49)

SBUS LINK(P.83)(P.89)THR-CURVE(P.92)PIT-CURVE

Data transfer of another 10J or 8J

Pitch curve

TRAINERREVO.MIX(P.93)

CONDITION(Idle-up・

THR HOLD

Throttlehold)Throttlehold(P.122)SWASH AFR（H-1 removes）(P.123)Governor mixing(P.51)

Swash AFR

Hovering Throttle

SWH.MIX(P.52)Sub trim

P.MIX1-6

OFFSET

AUX-CHAN

Trim oﬀset(P.56)

AUX channel

DELAY

PARAMETER

Delay(P.58)

Data reset ／ Model type ／ ATLtrim ／ LCD contrast ／ Back light :mode, time, adjustment ／ Home
display ／ Battery alarm ／ Battery
vibration ／ Buzzer tone ／ Jognavi ／ Jog light ／ Jog time ／Telemetry : mode, unit ／ Speech :language, volume ／ Stick position
alarm(P.126)

THR.CHT(P.143)(P.144)

HI/LO-PIT(P.145)

HI/LO-pitch trim

Swash RING

Program mixing 1 〜 6

HOV-PIT(P.141)

Hovering Pitch

Swash MIXing

SWH.RING(P.53)(P.124)

HOV-THR(P.140)

Helicopter

GOVERNOR(P.50)SUB TRIM(P.138)

Revolution mixing (PIT to RUD)END POINT

Trim reset ／ Trim step

(P.136)

Trainer

Condition

TRIM(P.134)Throttle curve

Servo monitor ／ Servo test
End point(P.132)

Dual rate ／ EXPO

S.BUS servo set up

MDL-TRANS(P.131)(P.127)

THR-MIX(P.146)

Swash → Throttle mixing(P.128)

THR-NEEDL(P.147)

Throttle → Needle mixing(P.129)Throttle cut

121

CONDITION

Condition select (Idle-up・Throttlehold)(HELICOPTER)

Function
The condition switches (idle up 1/2/3 and throttle
hold switch) are not operative at initial setting.
Switch setting is performed in advance with thecondition select function.

ŏ,QLWLDOO\VHWWRLGOHXS6Z( FHQWHU LGOHXS6Z(IRUZDUG  LGOH XS  6Z) IRUZDUG  WKURWWOH KROG
6Z* IRUZDUG 

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "CONDITION"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）● When not using this Function
select INH. The display of On/
Oﬀ is shown when active andassigned to a switch.

&21',7,21
Idle-upsetting
Throttlehold
setting● Select the setting itemwith the Jog key.

（Activating thefunction） （Switch direction ）（Switch selection ）Helicopter

Condition select■ Activating the function① Select the "INH" item of thecondition you want to use and set
it to "ON" or "OFF" by pressing the+ key or ‒ key.

＋

−
or

● Set conditions you do not want to use to "INH".

（In the case of change of a switch）■ Switch selection② A cursor is moved to ＋
"Switch selection" andora switch is changed by＋ key or − key.

−

Range：SwA 〜 SwH
Default：SwE（IDLE-UP1/2）、
SwF（IDLE-UP3）、SwG（THR-HOLD）

122■ Switch direction③ A cursor is moved to"Switch direction" anda switch direction ischanged by ＋ key or −
key.

＋

−
or

Range：● 2P SW：NULL, UP, DOWN
● 3P SW：NULL, UP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR, C&DN,
DOWN

SWASH AFR

Swash AFR(HELICOPTER)（When swash type is H-1, this setting screen is not displayed.）

Function

This is the adjustable function rate (AFR) function when HR3, H-3, HE3, HN3, H-2, H-4, or H4X
is selected as the swash type. The ailerons, elevators, and pitch steering angle and direction can be
adjusted.

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "SWASH AFR"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）● Select the setting itemwith the Jog key.

● Depending on the swash type thescreen display is diﬀerent.

6:$6+$)5● When the polarity is changed, thedirection of operation is reversed.

Rete

NOTE：If the steering angle is too large, linkage binding may occur .

■ Travel adjustment of each function① Select each function item of "RATE" andset the rate by pressing the + key or ‒
key.

＋

−
or

Helicopter

Swash AFR

Range：-100 〜 +100%
Default：+50%● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press
the + key and ‒ key simultaneously. However, polarity does not
return.

123

SWH. MIX

Swash mixing(HELICOPTER)

Function
This mixing is used to correct the bad tendenciesof the swash plate in the aileron direction andelevator direction relative to aileron, elevator, andpitch operations. It adjusts the rate of the directionthat requires correction so that the servo operates

smoothly in the proper direction relative to each
operation.
ŏ7KHFRUUHFWLRQDPRXQWRIHDFKFRQGLWLRQFDQEH
VHW
ŏ7KH OHIW DQG ULJKW XS DQG GRZQ  FRUUHFWLRQDPRXQWFDQEHVHWIRUHDFKFRQGLWLRQExample of use: Using to correct bad roll tendencies① AIL → ELE is set to ON.
② ACTION/ON is common to all conditions. The rate of unused conditions is set to 0%.
③ When the nose drops at right roll and the right side rate is adjusted in the "+"direction, the elevators move to the up side when the right aileron is deﬂected.
Left roll can be adjusted by left side rate.
However, since the left and right ailerons polarity and elevators operating direction
relationship is reversed; check the correction direction by swash plate operation.

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "SWH.MIX"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）● Select the setting itemwith the Jog key.

（Present condition）

Helicopter

Condition
Mixing master direction（Rate）

Mixing rate

6:+0,;
Activating the function

124

6:+0,;

● When not using this function,
select INH.

Swash mixing■ Activating the function① Select the "MIX" item and then select the"ON" by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋

■ Setup of rate
② Select the "RATE" item and then adjust the mixing
rate by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

−

Range：-100 〜 +100%
Default：0%

or● When you want to return the set value to the initialvalue, press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.
● When you are not using a function, set
this to INH.

● ON/OFF of a function, Setup of rate, and a trim, Jog key is pushed andsetting condition can be chosen.

Range：NORM, IDL1, IDL2, IDL3, HOLD

Helicopter

125

SWH.RING

Swash ring

(HELICOPTER)← ELE operation →Function
This swash mixing function limits swash travel
to prevent damage to the switch linkage due to simultaneous aileron and elevator operation. If is effective in 3D aerobatics with a large steering angle.

50%
100%

← AIL operation →● Aileron and elevator stick operation is limited
to within the circle (swash mixing) in the ﬁgureshown at the right. (When rate is 100%)

MethodSwashRing

Calling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "SWH.RING"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）

6:+5,1*

● When not using this function,
select INH.

Activating the function
Swash Ring rate

● Select the setting itemwith the Jog key.

● Displays the actual aileronand elevator combined
travel when the stick ismanipulated.
● Adjusts the operable range (swash mixing) of theaileron and elevator sticks.

Helicopter

Swash Ring
■ Activating the function① Select the "MIX" item and then select the"ON" by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋

−
or

● When you do not use a function, set tothe "INH" side.

■ Setup of rate
② Select the "RATE" item andthen adjust the mixing rateby pressing the + key or ‒
key.

＋

−
or

Range：50 〜 200%
Default：100%● When you want to return the set value to the initialvalue, press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.
NOTE：Adjust the swash mixing rate to the largest swash
inclination at which the linkage rod does not interfere.

126

OFFSET

Trim oﬀset(HELICOPTER)

FunctionIf this trim offset function is used, independent
trim adjustments can be made during hovering andin the air. This function can offset the ailerons,
elevators, and rudder neutral position by linking
to the set switch or condition. A habit that tends
to appear from the standpoint of helicopter
characteristics when flying at high speed ispossible. This function can correct this habit.
ŏ)RUDFORFNZLVHURWDWLRQURWRUVLQFHWKHKHOLFRSWHUWLOWVWRWKHULJKWGXULQJÁLJKWXVHWKHRIIVHWIXQFWLRQWR VHW WKH VZDVK SODWH VR WKDW WKH KHOLFRSWHU WLOWV
WR WKH OHIW 6LQFH WKH GLUHFWLRQ RI WKH HOHYDWRUV LV

GLIIHUHQWGHSHQGLQJRQDGMXVWPHQWRIWKHDLUFUDIW
GHFLGHWKHVHWWLQJGLUHFWLRQDIWHUÁLJKW:KHQWKH
J\URLVXVHGLQWKH$9&6PRGHDWWKHUXGGHUHWF
WKHRIIVHWUDWHLVPDGH LQLWLDOVHWWLQJ WRPDNHFRUUHFWLRQVDWWKHJ\URVLGHŏ:KHQWKHVZLWFKZDVVHOHFWHGRIIVHWV\VWHPFDQ
EHVHWIRUDSRVLWLRQVZLWFKDQGRIIVHWV\VWHPV
FDQ EH VHW IRU D  SRVLWLRQ VZLWFK /LQNLQJ WR
FRQGLWLRQV ,'/ 〜 +2/' LVDOVRSRVVLEOHŏ:KHQWKHRIIVHWIXQFWLRQLVRQGDWDDGMXVWPHQWLVSRVVLEOHHYHQE\GLJLWDOWULP7KHWULPDGMXVWHGUDWH
LVLQSXWLQWKHDLU :KHQWKHRIIVHWIXQFWLRQLV21
WKHLQLWLDOVFUHHQWULPGLVSOD\LVOLQNHG

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "OFFSET"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）● Select the setting item with
the Jog key.

2))6(7● When not using this Function
select INH. The display of On/Oﬀ isshown when active and assigned
to a switch.

Activating the function
Switch direction,
Selection of condition
Oﬀset rate

（Present condition ）Switch selection

Trim oﬀset■ Activating the function① Select the "MIX" item
an d t h e n s e l e ct t h e"ON" or "OFF" bypressing the + key or ‒key.

＋

■ Switch selection② Select the "SW" item
and then select theswitch by pressing the+ key or ‒ key.

−or

● When you do not use a function, set to the"INH" side.

■ Switch direction and condition
selection③ Select the switch direction andcondition you want to set at the switch
direction and＋−condition items.
or

＋

−

Helicopter● When "Cond" is chosen,
if Jog key is pushed for
1 second, it will change
to each condition
setting screen.

or

Range：Cond, SwA 〜 SwH■ Oﬀset rate
④ Select the "RATE" item and then adjust the oﬀset rateby pressing the + key or ‒ key.

Range：-120 〜 +120%
Default：0%● When you want to return the set value to the initialvalue, press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.

127

DELAYDelay(HELICOPTER)

Function
This function prevents sudden offset changes
ZKHQWKHRIIVHWSLWFKĺUXGGHUPL[LQJDQGFRQGLtion select (Idle-up・Throttle-hold) functions areturned on and off.

ŏ'HOD\FDQEHVHWDWWKHDLOHURQVHOHYDWRUVUXGGHUWKURWWOHDQGSLWFKŏ7KHVHWGHOD\LVFRPPRQWRWKHRIIVHWSLWFKńUXGGHUPL[LQJDQGFRQGLWLRQVHOHFWIXQFWLRQV
ŏ7KHGHOD\UDWHLVUHÁHFWHGLQFRPPRQ,QRWKHUZRUGVLWFDQ WEHHVWDEOLVKHGGLIIHUHQWUDWHE\WKH
UHVSHFWLYHIXQFWLRQV

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "DELAY"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）● Select the setting itemwith the Jog key.

'(/$<
● Linked to the offset, revolution
mixing, and throttle hold functions
and turned "ON".

Delay rate

● The delay is maximum at 100%.

Helicopter

Servo Speed
Normal0%100% More slowly
ON

Function ON

Delay rate
■ Delay rate setup① Select the "RATE" item and then adjust
the delay rate by pressing the + key or ‒
key.

＋

−
or

Range：0 〜 100%
Default：0%● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press
the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.

128

THR.CUT

Throttle cut(HELICOPTER)

Function
This function cuts (stops) the engine or motor
by stick operation. At throttle operation, the rate
is adjusted to the position which completely cuts
the throttle servo or ESC when the throttle isoperated. At function operation, this position isheld regardless of the throttle stick position.
ŏ125(6& RSHUDWLRQ PRGH VZLWFKLQJ )RU PRWRUDLUFUDIWVHOHFW(6&)RUPRWRUDLUFUDIWWKHWKURWWOHSRVLWLRQ ZKHQ WKH IXQFWLRQ LV UHVHW FDQ EH VHW VR

WKHPRWRUZLOOQRWXQH[SHFWHGO\UXQDWKLJKVSHHG
ZKHQ WKH WKURWWOH FXW IXQFWLRQ LV UHVHW :KHQ WKHWKURWWOHVWLFNLVKLJKHUWKDQWKHVHWWKURWWOHSRVLWLRQ
WKH WKURWWOH FXW IXQFWLRQ LV QRW UHVHW HYHQ LI WKHVZLWFKLVVHWWR2))6HWWRDVDIHWKURWWOHSRVLWLRQ
VORZVLGH ŏ)XQFWLRQRSHUDWLRQFDQEHVHOHFWHGIURPDPRQJVZLWFKHV$ 〜 +
ŏ6HWWKHWKURWWOHFXWIXQFWLRQIRUVDIHW\DOVR

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "THR.CUT"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）

7+5&87● Select the setting itemwith the Jog key.

● Adjusts the rate to the position
that completely cuts thethrottle servo or ESC.

● Sets the ON/OFF direction of the selected switch.
○ 2P SW：NULL, UP, DOWN
○ 3P SW：NULL, UP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR, C&DN, DOWN

● The "THR" item can be set
when the operation modeis "ESC". The number inparentheses is the current
throttle stick position.

Helicopter

Mode
Activating the function
Cut Position rate
Throttle Position
Switch selection
Switch direction● When not using this Function
select INH. The display of On/
Off is shown when active andassigned to a switch.

129

Throttle Cut■ Mode① Select the "MODE" item and then select themode by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋

■ Activating the function② Select the "MIX" item and then select the oﬀ
by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

−

＋

−

or

or

Range：NOR, ESC
Default：NOR● When you do not use a function, set to the"INH" side.

● "NOR"：Engine plane"ESC"：Electric motor plane■ Switch selection③ Select the "SW" item and then selectthe switch by pressing the + key or ‒
key.

＋

−

■ Switch direction④ Select the "POSI" by pressing the + key or ‒ key at
the ON direction selection item.

＋

−
or

or

Range：
Range：SwA 〜 SwH
Default：SwA■ Cut Position rate
⑤ Select the "RATE" item and then selectthe cht position by pressing the + key or‒ key (motor stop).

＋−（In the case of ESC ）■ Function release Throttle Position⑥ Select the "THR" item and then select the release
position by THR stick is lowered and Jog key ispressed for 1 second.

Helicopteror● It adjusts to the position where an engine
is cut.

Range：-30 〜 0 〜 +30%
Default：0%● When you want to return the set value
to the initial value, press the + key and ‒key simultaneously.

130● 2P SW：NULL, UP, DOWN
● 3P SW：NULL, UP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR,
C&DN, DOWN

● Set to a safe low throttle position.

Range：0 〜 100%
Default：15%

GYRO SENS

Gyro mixing(HELICOPTER)（For helicopters Gyro mixing）

Function

ŏ:KHQWKH*<PRGHZDVVHOHFWHG$9&RU125
LVGLVSOD\HGDWWKHVHQVLWLYLW\VHWWLQJYDOXH
ŏ7KH VHQVLWLYLW\ VHWWLQJ FKDQQHO FDQ EH VHOHFWHG
IURP WKH 58' &+  58'$,/ &+&+  58'(/( &+&+  RU 58'$,/(/( &+&+&+ 
FRPELQDWLRQV

This mixing adjusts the gyro sensitivity from thetransmitter. The AVCS gyro (GY mode) or normal
gyro (STD mode) can be selected. Up to 3 axes canbe set.
ŏ7KHVHQVLWLYLW\FDQEHOLQNHGWRWKHFRQGLWLRQ &RQG 
RUDQDUELWUDU\VZLWFKDQGVHW

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "GYRO SENS"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）

Activating the function
Gain channel selection
Switch direction● When not using this function,
select INH.

*<526(16Gain switch direction（Present switch position）

Gyro type,
Gain rate● Select the setting itemwith the Jog key.

（Gyro type）（Gyro Gain set）

● Swit c h e s t o t h esensitivity setting
screen of eachswitch direction
when the Jog key is pressed.

● When a Futaba GY gyro is used, gyro type "GY" is selected. This switches the gyro sensitivity
setting item to the mode and sensitivity direct reading display.

■ Activating the function① Select the "MIX" item
and then select the"ON" by pressing the +key or ‒ key.

＋

■ Gain switch selection② Select the "SW" item
and then select theswitch by pressing the+ key or ‒ key.

−or

● When you do not use a function, set to the"INH" side.

■ Gain channel selection③ Select the ＋−"CH" item andorthen selectthe sensitivity
setting channel by pressing the + key
or ‒ key.

Range：RUD, RUD/AIL,
RUD/ELE, RUD/AIL/ELE
Default：RUD

＋

−
or

Helicopter

Gyro setup

Range：Cond, SwA 〜 SwH■ Gyro type and sensitivity setting④ Press the Jog key and select the sensitivity setting
screen you want to set and then set "type" (gyrotype) and "rate" (gyro sensitivity) of each channel bypressing the +key or ‒ key.
（"type"）Range：STD,GY

Default：STD（"rate"）Range：0 〜 100%（STD）, NOR100 〜 0 〜
AVC100%（GY） Default：50%（STD）, 0%（GY）● When you want to return the set value to the initialvalue, press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.

131

D/R,EXPO

Dual rate ／ EXPO(HELICOPTER)

Function
D/R
The aileron, elevator and rudder channel control surface angle can be switched in 2 steps
ŏ7KHFRQWUROVXUIDFHDQJOHLVDGMXVWHGE\HDFKGLUHFWLRQRIWKHVZLWFKRUFRQGLWLRQ7KHOHIWDQG
ULJKW XSDQGGRZQ GLUHFWLRQRIHDFKVZLWFKFDQEHVHWLQGLYLGXDOO\EXPThis function makes operation more pleasant by changing the operating curve so that servo movement
is sluggish or sensitive relative to stick operation near the aileron, elevator, throttle, and rudder neutral
position. Adjustments can be made in 2 steps according to the control surface angle.
ŏ7KHVLGHPDNHVVHUYRPRYHPHQWVOXJJLVKDQGWKHVLGHPDNHVVHUYRPRYHPHQWVHQVLWLYHQHDUWKH
QHXWUDOSRVLWLRQ([SRQHQWLDOLVDSSOLHGWRHQWLUHWKURWWOHVHUYRWUDYHO:KHQWKHVLGHLVLQFUHDVHGWKH
VORZVLGHEHFRPHVVOXJJLVKDQGWKHKLJKVLGHEHFRPHVVHQVLWLYHŏ6HWWLQJFRUUHVSRQGLQJWRHDFKUDWHRIGXDOUDWH '5 LVSRVVLEOH ([FHSWWKURWWOH 7KHGLUHFWLRQRIHDFKVZLWFKDQGWKHOHIWDQGULJKW XSDQGGRZQ GLUHFWLRQRIHDFKFKDQQHOFDQEHVHWLQGLYLGXDOO\Switch selection（SW）
Switches A to H can be selected as the aileron channel, elevator channel, and rudder channel dual rate
(exponential) switch.
ŏ6HOHFW：6ZLWFK 〜 6ZLWFK+ ／ FRQGLWLRQ：&RQG
ŏ'HIDXOW：$LOHURQ：6ZLWFK' ／ (OHYDWRU：6ZLWFK$ ／ 5XGGHU：6ZLWFK%

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "D/R,EXPO"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）
Helicopter● The channel under selection isunderlined.

Channel selection
Switch direction（present switch position ）Dual rate
EXPO● The dual rate and exponential
settings are displayed by acurve.

Switch selection● Channel selection/Selectthe setting item with the
Jog key.
● Jog key is pushed for 1
second, a condition screen
will change.

132（Switch number）（Rate）＜ Channel ＞
1：Aileron
2：Elevator
4：RudderDual rate
■ Channel selection① A channel is chosen
by Jog key.

■ Switch direction② Select the "No" item andthen select the switch
direction or condition bypressing the + key or ‒key.

＋

Range：1, 2, 4

■ D/R Setup of rate
③ Select each function item of "D/R" andset the rate by pressing the + key or ‒
key.

＋

−
or

−
or

Range：0 〜 140% Default：100%● When you want to return the set value
to the initial value, press the + key and ‒key simultaneously.

Adjust the rate of each direction of the dual rate switch and stick by repeating step

● Moving to another setting item of the samechannel is possible by Jog key.

EXPO
■ Channel selection① A channel is chosen
by Jog key.

■ Switch direction② Select the "No" item andthen select the switch
direction or condition bypressing the + key or ‒key.

Range：1, 2, 4＋

■ EXP Setup of rate
③ Select the "EXP" item and then adjust
the rate by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋

−
or

−

Range：-100 〜 +100%、Default：0%

or● When you want to return the set value
to the initial value, press the + key and ‒key simultaneously.

Adjust the rate of each direction of the dual rate switch and stick by repeating step

Switch Change■ Channel selection① Select the "SW" item and then selectthe channel with the Jog key.

■ Switch selection② A switch or Cond is chosen by + key or‒ key.

＋

Helicopter● Moving to another setting item of the samechannel is possible by Jog key.

−or

Range：1, 2, 4

Range：SwA 〜 SwH, Cond
● When "Cond" is chosen, a setup ispossible for every condition.

133

THR-CURVE

Throttle curve（For helicopters ）(HELICOPTER)

Function
ŏ1RUPDO 125 LGOHXS ,'/ LGOHXS ,'/ DQG
LGOHXS ,'/ WKURWWOHFXUYHVFDQEHVHW
ŏ7KHQRUPDO 125 LGOHXS ,'/ LGOHXS ,'/ 
DQGLGOHXS ,'/ VZLWFKFDQEHSUHVHWDWWKH
FRQGLWLRQVHOHFWLRQVFUHHQThe throttle curve function sets a 5 point curve in
relation to the throttle stick movement and adjusts
each point over the 0 〜 100% range so that the
HQJLQHVSHHGLVRSWLPXPIRUÀLJKW（Normal throttle curve adjustment method）
The normal throttle curve creates a basic throttle curve centered near hovering. This curve isadjusted together with the normal pitch curve so that engine speed is constant and up/down
control is easiest. The normal throttle function is always on.

（Idle up 1/2/3 throttle curve adjustment method）
The idle up curves are set so that the engine maintains a constant speed even when the pitch is
reduced during ﬂight. Curves matched to the purpose such as loop, roll and 3D are created and idle
up curves 1/2/3 are by aerobatics.

CAUTIONS［Operation precautions］When starting the engine, always set idle up
sticks 1/2/3 to OFF and start the engine at idling.

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "THR-CURVE"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）
Helicopter
Activating the function
Setting condition

7+5&859(● When not using this Function
select INH. The display of On/
Off is shown when active
and assigned to a switch. A
display when normal is "---"（alwaysON）.

5point curve
rate● The THR-CURVE settings are
displayed by a curve.

● Select the setting itemwith the Jog key.
（Rate）

134（Present condition）

Throttle curve■ Activating the throttle curves (ID1/2/3)① Select the "MIX" item and set to ＋
"ON" or "OFF" by pressing the +key or ‒ key.

−or

● For the normal condition, "---" is displayed. (Always ON)

Range：NOR, ID1, ID2, ID3● When you do not want to use an idle up curve, set to"INH".

■ 5 point curve setting② Select the setting item of each point (P-1 〜 P-5)
with the Jog key and set the travel of each point bypressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋−

Default：
P-5: 100%
P-4: 75%
P-3: 50%
P-2: 25%
P-1: 0%Range：0 〜 100%or

● When you want to return the set value tothe initial value, press the + key and ‒ key
simultaneously.

■ Curve copying method① Select the "CND" itemand switch to the curve
copy mode by pressing
the Jog key.

② Press the + key or ‒key and select the copy
destination condition.

＋③ Copy the condition bypressing the Jog key for
1 second.

−（1 second）

or● Throttle curve setting examples

50

25
0
P1

50

P3

P4

STICK

（Normal）

P50
P1

P5=100.0%
P4= 75.0%
P3= 65.0%
P2= 65.0%
P1= 67.0%

75
50

25

25

P2

（The example of a setting ）%100

P5=100.0%
P4= 75.0%
P3= 50.0%
P2= 54.0%
P1= 56.0%

75
RATE

RATE

75

（The example of a setting ）

%
100

P2

P3

P4

P5

0
P1

P2

STICK

（Idle-up1）

P3

P4

P5

Helicopter

P5=100.0%
P4= 65.0%
P3= 50.0%
P2= 30.0%
P1= 0.0%

RATE（The example of a setting ）

%
100

STICK

（Idle-up2）

NOTE：Set the actual value of the throttle curve according to the fuselage
speciﬁcations.

135

PIT-CURVE

Pitch curve（For helicopters ）(HELICOPTER)

Function
The pitch curve function allows setting by a 5
point curve in relation to throttle stick movement
and adjustment of each point over the -100% 〜+100% range so that the pitch enters the optimumÀLJKWVWDWH

ŏ1RUPDO 125 LGOHXS ,'/ LGOHXS ,'/ LGOHXS  ,'/  DQG KROG +/'  SLWFK FXUYHV FDQ EH
VHW
ŏ7KHQRUPDO 125 LGOHXS ,'/ LGOHXS ,'/ 
LGOHXS '/ DQGKROG +2/' VZLWFKHVFDQEH
SUHVHWDWWKHFRQGLWLRQVVHOHFWLRQVFUHHQNOTE：When the hold switch is on, the hold function haspriority even though an idle up switch is in any position.

（Normal curve adjustment method）
The normal pitch curve creates a basic pitch curve centered near hovering. This curve is adjusted
together with the throttle pitch curve so that engine speed is constant and up/down control iseasiest.

（Idle up 1/2/3 curve adjustment method）
The high side pitch curve sets the maximum pitch that does not apply a load to the engine. The low
side pitch curve is created to match the purpose such as loop, roll, and 3D. The idle up 1/2/3 curves
are used by aerobatics.

（Throttle hold curve adjustment method）
The throttle hold curve is used when performing auto rotation dives. Set the intermediate pitch tomatch the stick work at pitch up.

MethodCalling the setting screen

Helicopter① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "PIT-CURVE"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

＋ （1 second）

Activating the function
Condition● When not using this Function
select INH. The display of On/
Oﬀ is shown when active andassigned to a switch. Whennormal,"---" (always ON) is
displayed.

3,7&859(

5point curve
rate● Select the setting itemwith the Jog key.

● The PIT-CURVE settings are
displayed by a curve.

（Rate）

136③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

（Present condition）

Pitch curve■ Activating the pitch curves（ID1/2/3, HLD）
① Select the "MIX" item and then ＋
select the "ON" or "OFF" byorpressing the + key or ‒ key.

−

● For the normal condition, "---" is displayed. (Always ON)

Range：NOR, ID1, ID2, ID3, HLD● When you do not want to use an idle up, hold curve, set
to "INH".

Default：
P-5: +100%
P-4: +50%
P-3: 0%P-2: -50%
P-1: -100%■ 5 point curve setting② Select the setting item of each point (P-1 〜 P-5)
with the Jog key and set the travel of each point bypressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋−

Range：-100 〜 +100%

or● When you want to return the set value tothe initial value, press the + key and ‒ key
simultaneously.

■ Curve copying method① Select the "CND" itemand switch to the curve
copy mode by pressing
the Jog key.

② Press the + key or ‒key and select the copy
destination condition.

＋③ Copy the condition bypressing the Jog key for
1 second.

−（1 second）

or● Pitch curve setting examples

0

-50
-100
P1

P5= +40%
P4= +10%
P3= -10%
P2= -40%
P1= -70%

0

P2

P3

P4

-100
P1

P5

（Normal）

P2

P3
STICK

P4

（Idle-up1）（The example of a setting ）

%
+100

+50

+50

P5= +40%
P4= +10%
P3= -10%
P2= -50%
P1= -80%

0

-50

-50

STICK

RATE

+50

RATE

P5= +70%
P4= +50%
P3= +6%
P2= -40%
P1= -70%（The example of a setting ）

%
+100

P5

-100
P1

P2

P3

P4

P5

STICK

Helicopter

RATE

+50

（The example of a setting ）

%
+100

RATE

（The example of a setting ）%+100（Idle-up2）

NOTE：Set the actual value of the pitch curve according to
the fuselage speciﬁcations.

P5= +100%
P4= +50%P3=0%
P2= -50%
P1= -100%

0

-50
-100
P1

P2

P3
STICK

P4

P5

（Hold）

137

REVO.MIX

Pitch → Rudder mixing(HELICOPTER)

Function
7KH SLWFKĺUXGGHU PL[LQJ IXQFWLRQ FRQWUROV
the pitch of the tail rotor to suppress the reaction
torque (force that attempts to swing the helicopter
in the direction opposite the direction of rotationof the main rotor) generated by the main rotor
pitch and speed. It is adjusted so that the pitch of
the tail rotor is also changed when the main rotor
pitch changes and reaction torque appears and sothat the nose does not swing to the left and right.
However, when the AVCS mode is used with a GY
6HULHVJ\URSLWFKĺUXGGHUPL[LQJLVXQQHFHVVDU\ŏ7KHQRUPDO 125 LGOHXS ,'/ DQGLGOHXS,'/ UDWHVFDQEHVHW
ŏ7KHKLJKVLGHDQGORZVLGHUDWHVFDQEHDGMXVWHGŏ)RU D FORFNZLVH URWDWLRQ URWRU WKH RSHUDWLQJGLUHFWLRQ LV VHW VR WKDW WKH UXGGHU LV PL[HG LQ WKHULJKW GLUHFWLRQ ZKHQ WKH SLWFK EHFRPHV SOXV )RUD FRXQWHUFORFNZLVH URWDWLRQ URWRU WKH VHWWLQJ LV
RSSRVLWH 7KH RSHUDWLQJ GLUHFWLRQ VHWWLQJ UHYHUVHVWKHUDWHSRODULW\&:URWDWLRQ/RZVLGH /2: KLJKVLGH +,*+ &&: URWDWLRQ /RZ VLGH /2:   KLJK VLGH+,*+ 
*7KH DERYH YDOXHV DUH WKH LQLWLDO YDOXHV 5HSODFHWKHPZLWKWKHDFWXDOVHWWLQJYDOXHV

Adjustment procedure
First, trim at hovering and then adjust the neutral position.

（Normal pitch → rudder mixing）

Helicopter● Throttle low side (slow while hovering) adjustment
Repeatedly hover from take oﬀ and land from hovering at a constant rate matched to your own rhythm, andadjust pitch → rudder mixing so that the nose does not deﬂect when the throttle is raised and lowered.
If the nose points to the left when landing from hovering or points to the right when taking oﬀ, when hoveringstabilizes and the stick moves to the neutral position, low side mixing rate is probably too large and when
the nose points in the opposite direction, low side rate is probably too small. However, when landing, thedirection of the nose may not stabilize depending on the state on the ground. The direction of the nose may
also become unstable when rotation of the rotor does not rise.
● Throttle high (up to climbing from hovering and diving hovering) adjustment
Repeat up to climbing from hovering and diving hovering matched to your own rhythm and adjust
pitch → rudder mixing so that the nose does not deﬂect to the left and right when the throttle is raised andlowered. If the nose points to the right when climbing from hovering, the high side mixing rate is too large andif the nose points to the right, the mixing rate is too small. Repeat climbing and diving and make adjustment
while taking the balance.

（idle-up1/2,3Pitch → Ruddermixing）
This mixing sets the mixing rate so that the rudder direction is straight forward at high speed ﬂight.

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

＋ （1 second）

138② Select "REVO.MIX"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

Activating the function
Selection of condition
High side Setup of rate
Low side Setup of rate5(920,;● When not using this function,
select INH.

（present switch position ）● Select the setting itemwith the Jog key.

（Rate）

Pitch → Ruddermixing■ Activating the function① Select the "MIX" ＋item and thenselect the "ON" bypressing the + key
or ‒ key.

■ Selection of condition② Select the "CND" item andselection of condition bypressing the + key or ‒
key.

−
or

−
or

Range：NORM, IDL1/2, IDL3

● When you do not use a function, set tothe "INH" side.

■ Setup of rate
③ Select each function item of "HI"or"LO" and set the rate by pressing the+ key or ‒ key.

＋

＋

−
or

Range：-100 〜 +100%
Default(NORM)：-20%(LOW)、+20%(HIGH)
Default(IDL1/2/3)：0%(LOW)、0%(HIGH)● When you want to return the set value to the initial value,press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.

Helicopter

139

THR HOLD

Throttle hold

(HELICOPTER)

Function
The throttle hold function fixes or stops theengine throttle position by hold switch operation
during an auto rotation dive. Operation can be
set within the -50% 〜 +50% range based on thethrottle trim position.
The switch is changed at the conditions selection
screen. (Initial setting: SwG)

CAUTIONS［NOTE］Priority is given to throttlehold over idle-up.

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "THR HOLD"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）

7+5+2/'
Activating the function● When not using this Function
select INH. The display of On/
Off is shown when active andassigned to a switch.

hold throttle position● Select the setting item with
the Jog key.

Throttle hold

Helicopter■ Activating the function① Select the "MIX" item and thenselect the "ON" or "OFF" bypressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋

−
or

■ Hold throttle position② Select the "RATE" item and then adjust
the rate by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋

−
or

Range：-50 〜 +50%
Default：0%● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press
the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.

● When you do not use afunction, set to the "INH" side.
● Function ACT ↔ INH is linked to 【Hold position adjustment method】
condition THR-HOLD, and can be set ● When you want to lower the engine idling, set to the "+" direction andat any screen.
adjust so that the carburetor is full open.
● When maintaining idling, set the throttle stick to the slow position andturn the hold switch on and oﬀ and set to the number at which the servo
does not operate.
NOTE：When connecting the throttle linkage, lower the digital trim to theslowest and adjust so that the carburetor is full open.

140

GOVERNOR

Governor mixing(HELICOPTER)

Function
When a governor (CGY750/GY701/GV-1,etc.) is used, the speed can be adjusted from thetransmitter. CH7 or CH8 or CH9 can be selected as
the speed setting control channel.

When using a separate ON/OFF switch (cutswitch), ON/OFF control uses CH8. In this case,CH7 or CH9 controls speed setting.

Setting examples：● Example of setting that switches the speed and ON/OFF by 3 position switch
3position
Adjustment from transmitter
SwitchSetup of rate
direction
R.P.M 1：OFF
UP
0%
0%（Governor R.P.M "oﬀ"）
R.P.M 2：1400
CNTR
50%
"50%"
R.P.M 3：1700
DOWN
100%
"100%"*For example, speed 3 sets *For the time being use the *Since speed adjustment from the transmitterthe maximum speed to be initial rate setting.
is rate setting, checking the actual speed atused and is lowered andthe governor display and remembering its
adjusted at the transmitter.
relationship is convenient.
Governor speed（setting example）● Switching the speed for each condition
The speed for each condition can be set by selecting "Cond" by switch. Since speed adjustment from thetransmitter is rate setting, for the actual speed check the governor display.
● Controlling governor ON/OFF by separate switch
When a separate switch is used to turn the governor on and oﬀ, switch setting is performed by "OFF-CNTRL"
item.
*Speed and ON/OFF switch settings are different depending on the governor. Perform these settings inaccordance with the instruction manual of the governor used.
*At throttle hold, always conﬁrm that the governor is OFF. Conversely, when raising the speed value, reverse
the polarity of "CH8".

MethodCalling the setting screen② Select "GOVERNOR"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）

Activating the function
Switch selection*29(5125● When "INH", the function
cannot be used. When you
want to use CH7 as the speed
setting channel, select "CH7"
and when you want to use
CH8(9), select "CH8(9)".

Setup of rate

● Select the setting itemwith the Jog key.

Helicopter① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

（Rate）● The above screen shows the case when the speed is
set for each condition.

141

Governor mixing■ Activating the function（R.P.M CH
selection）① Select the "MIX" item ＋
and then select theor"CH7""CH8" or "CH9" bypressing the + key or ‒key.

■ Switch selection② Select the "MODE"
item and then selectthe switch by pressing
the + key or ‒ key.

−

＋

−
or

Range：Cond, SwA 〜 SwH● When you do not use a function, set to the"INH" side.

■ R.P.M setting③ Select the "RATE" item
and then adjust the rateby pressing the + key or ‒key.

＋

Range：0.0 〜 100.0%−
orDefault：（Cond）
NORM=0.0%, IDL1=50.0%, IDL2=100.0%,
IDL3=100.0%, HOLD=0.0%（2P Switch selection ）UP=0.0%, DOWN=100.0%（3P Switch selection）
UP=0.0%, CNTR=50.0%, DOWN=100.0%（When using an ON/OFF switch）*Select the OFF-CTRL item and then adjust the rate by pressing the + key or ‒ key.
■ ON/OFF Switch selection■ Switch direction＋① Select the "SW" ＋② Select the "POSI" by pressing−or
it e m a n d t he n
the + key or ‒ key at the ONorselect the switch
direction selection item.
by pressing the● 2P SW：UP, DOWN
+ key or ‒ key.
● 3P SW：UP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR, C&DN, DOWN−

Range：SwA 〜 SwH
Default：SwA

Helicopter（When number of rotations goes up at the time of Throttlehold ）*If the speed is increased at throttle hold, the governor and transmitter operating directions will notcoincide. In this case, match the operating directions by reversing the polarity of "CH8".

What is a governor ？
A governor is made up of a set of sensors which
read the RPM of the helicopterʼ s head, and acontrol unit that automatically adjusts the throttle
setting to maintain a constant head speed
regardless of changes in pitch of blades, weather
conditions, etc. Governors are extremely popular incompetition helicopters due to the consistency
provided.
How does it help in helicopter setup? The
governor eliminates the need to spend large
amounts of time setting up throttle curves, as it
automatically adjusts the engineʼ s RPM tomaintain the desired head speed.

142

HOV-THR

Hovering throttle(HELICOPTER)

Function
The hovering throttle function trims the throttle
near the hovering point.
When the hovering throttle knob is turned
clockwise, the speed increases and when it is turned
counterclockwise, the speed decreases. Rotor
speed changes due to changes in the temperature,humidity, and other flying conditions can betrimmed. Adjust for the most stable rotor speed.
More precise trimming is possible by using thisfunction together with the hovering pitch function.
ŏ7KHRSHUDWLRQFRQGLWLRQFDQEHVHOHFWHGIURPRQO\QRUPDORUQRUPDOLGOHXS

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "HOV-THR"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）

Activating the function● When "INH", the function
cannot be used. To use thefunction, switch to "ON".

+297+5

Trim memory settting（Compensation amount at trim
memory）

VR setting
Selection of condition（Actual compensation amountincluding the hovering throttle
knob）● Select the setting itemwith the Jog key.

● The knob operating direction
is diﬀerent depending on thepolarity.

● NORM：Only the normal condition operates● NORM/IDL1：It operates by normal condition andidle-up1.

Hovering Throttle−or● When you do not use a function, set tothe "INH" side.

■ VR setting③ Select the "VR" item and then select the"VR" or "DT" by pressing the + key or ‒key.
Range：NULL（OFF）, +VR, -VR, +DT5, -DT5,+DT6, -DT6
Default：+DT6■ Selection of condition② Select the "MODE" item
and then select condition
by pressing the + key or ‒
key.

＋

−
or

Range：NORM, NORM/IDL1
Default：NORM

Helicopter■ Activating the function① Select the "MIX" ＋item and thenselect the "ON" bypressing the + key
or ‒ key.

（Memorizing the hovering throttle adjustment position）■ Memory setting④ Select the "RATE" item and memorize thecurrent trim position by pressing the Jog
key.
● When the knob is returned to the center after
memorization, the trim position returns to its
previous position.
［NOTE］If memorization is repeated at the same
position, the value is cumulated.

143

HOV-PIT

Hovering pitch(HELICOPTER)

Function
The hovering pitch function trims the pitch near
the hovering point.
When the hovering pitch knob is turned
clockwise, the pitch gets stronger and when it isturned counterclockwise, the pitch gets weaker.
Rotor speed changes due to changes in temperature,humidity, and other flying conditions can betrimmed. Adjust for the most stable rotor rotation.

MethodMore precise trimming is possible by using
this function together with the hovering throttle
function.
ŏ7KH RSHUDWLQJ FRQGLWLRQ FDQ EH VHOHFWHG IURPQRUPDORQO\DQGQRUPDOLGOHXSŏ7KH WULP SRVLWLRQ FDQ EH PHPRUL]HG ,I LW LV
PHPRUL]HGEHIRUHWKHPRGHOPHPRU\LVFKDQJHG
WKHRULJLQDOWULPVWDWHFDQEHUHWULHYHGE\PHUHO\VHWWLQJ WKH NQRE WR WKH FHQWHU ZKHQ WKH WULPSRVLWLRQLVUHFDOOHG

Calling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "HOV-PIT"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）

Activating the function
Trim memory settting（Compensation amount at trim
memory）

VR setting
Selection of condition（Actual compensation amountincluding the hovering pitch
knob）● Select the setting itemwith the Jog key.

● NORM：Only the normal condition operates● NORM/IDL1：It operates by normal condition andidle-up1.

● The knob operating direction
is diﬀerent depending on thepolarity

Helicopter

Hovering Pitch■ Activating the function① Select the "MIX" ＋item and thenselect the "ON" bypressing the + key
or ‒ key.

−or● When you do not use a function, set tothe "INH" side.

■ VR setting③ Select the "VR" item
and then select the"VR" or "DT" bypressing the + key
or ‒ key.

＋−or

Range：NULL（OFF）, +VR, -VR, +DT5, -DT5,+DT6, -DT6
Default：-VR

144● When "INH", the function
cannot be used. To use thefunction, switch to "ON".

+293,7■ Selection of condition② Select the "MODE" item
and then select condition
by pressing the + key or ‒
key.

＋

−
or

Range：NORM, NORM/IDL1
Default：NORM（Memorizing the hovering pitch adjustment position）■ Memory setting④ Select the "RATE" item and memorize the current
trim position by pressing the Jog key.
● When the knob is returned to the center after
memorization, the trim position returns to its
previous position.
［NOTE］If memorization is repeated at the same
position, the value is cumulated.

HI/LO-PIT

HI/LO-pitch trim

(HELICOPTER)

Function
The high/low pitch trim function adjusts thepitch servo high side and low side to the optimum
SLWFKLQGLYLGXDOO\IRUHDFKÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQ QRUPDO
idle up 1/2/3, hold).

ŏ7KH KLJK SLWFK DQG ORZ SLWFK WULP OHYHUV DQGRSHUDWLQJ GLUHFWLRQ FDQ EH VHOHFWHG 7KH WULPOHYHUVRSHUDWHLQFRPPRQIRUHDFKFRQGLWLRQDQG
D XVHGR QRW XVH WULP OHYHU FDQ EH VHOHFWHG IRUHDFKIXQFWLRQ

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "HI/LO-PIT"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）

Selection of condition+,/23,7

High side Pitch
Trim ON,OFF
High side trim

（Present condition ）（Actual adjustment position
including high pitch trim）（Low side same）● Selected from among DT5,
DT6, and VR. The operation
direction is different
depending on the polarity (+,-).

● Select the setting itemwith the Jog key.

HI/LO-pitch trim−or

■ Adjustment by Key operation④ Select each function item of "HI-PIT" or "LO-PIT" andset the pitch rate by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

Range：60 〜 100%
Default：100%

Helicopter■ Selection of condition① Select the setting ＋
condition selection
item and selectthe condition bypressing the + key or ‒ key.

■ DT, VR adjustment ON, OFF selection② Select ON, OFF by pressing the + key or‒ key at the high side or low side "ADJ"
item.
■ TYP selection③ Select trim or VR by pressing the + key or ‒key at the "TYP" item.

Range：+DT5, -DT5, +DT6,-DT6,+VR, -VR● The high side or low side pitch can be
adjusted with the selected digital trim or
VR.

145

THR-MIX

Throttle mixing(HELICOPTER)

Function
This mixing compensates for slowing of thehelicopter when the ailerons, elevators, and rudder
are operated.

ŏ7KHFRUUHFWLRQDPRXQWOLPLWVWKHWKURWWOHKROGSRLQW RUKLJKHVWSRLQW RSHUDWLRQ

ŏ7KH FRPSHQVDWLRQ DPRXQW FDQ EH VHW IRU HDFKFRQGLWLRQ

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "THR-MIX"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）

7+50,;● When not using this function,
select INH.

Activating the function
Condition（Present condition）

Mixing● Select the setting itemwith the Jog key.

（Rate）

Helicopter

Throttle mixing■ Activating the function① Select the "MIX" item and then select the"ON" by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋

−
or

● When you do not use a function, set tothe "INH" side.

■ Setup of rate
② Select each function itemof "MIX" and set the rate bypressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋

−
or

Range：0 〜 100%
（RUD → THR : -100 〜 +100%）
Default：0%● When you want to return the set value to the initialvalue, press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.

● The setting condition can be selected by pressing
the Jog key at rate adjustment.

Range：NORM, IDL1, IDL2, IDL3

146

THR → NEEDL

Throttle → Needlemixing（For helicopters ）(HELICOPTER)

Function
This mixing sets the mixture by a 5 point curve in relation to throttle
stick movement when the engine is equipped with a mixture control
system (needle control or other mixture adjustment). Normal condition(NOR) idle up use (ID2) and idle up 3 (ID3) can be set independently.
The needle servo connects to CH8 of the transmitter.

8CH

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "THR → NEEDL"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）

Activating the function
Condition

7+5 ‫ ڀ‬1(('/● When not using this function,
select INH.
（Present condition）

5 point curveset● The CURVE settings are
displayed by a curve.

● Select the setting itemwith the Jog key.

Throttle → Needlemixing■ Activating the function① Select the "MIX" item and thenselect the "ON" by pressing the +key or ‒ key.

＋−

● When such, setting condition can bechosen by pressing Jog key.

or

Range：NOR, I12, ID3■ 5 point curve setting② Select the setting item of eachpoint (P-1 〜 P-5) with the Jog
key and set the travel of eachpoint by pressing the + key or ‒key.

＋

Helicopter● When you do not use a function, set to the "INH" side.

Default：
P-5: 100.0%
P-4: 75.0%
P-3: 50.0%
P-2: 25.0%
P-1: 0.0%−
or● When you want to return the set value
to the initial value, press the + key
and ‒ key simultaneously.

Range：0.0 〜 100.0%■ Curve copying method① Select the "CND" item andswitch to the curve copymode by pressing the Jog
key.

② Press the + key or ‒ key andselect the copy destination
condition.

＋−③ Copy the condition bypressing the Jog key for 1
second.
（1 second）

or

147

Glider function
The setting screen of each function is called from the following menu. The function whenthe model type was set to glider (2AIL+4FLP) is displayed here.

Power ON

● First set thethrottle to slow.

To menu screenby holding down
the + key

● Then turn on
the power.
（Home screen）● W hen t h e E N D k e y i spressed, the display
returns to the home
screen.

$)

＋

END

（1 second） ● When the + key is pressed for
1 second, the menu screen isdisplayed.

MENU
0(18岜岜岜岜$)
0(18岜岜岜岜$)


MENU
1/3

㌣0'/6(/㌣0'/1$0(㌣)$,/6$)(㌣5(9(56(㌣7,0(5㌣6(592㌣(1'32,17㌣75,0㌣68%75,0㌣30,;
㌣$8;&+$1㌣3$5$0(7(50(18岜岜岜岜$) 

GliderMENU
2/3㌣7(/(0(75<㌣6(1625㌣6%86/,1.
㌣0'/75$16㌣75$,1(5㌣$,/',))㌣$,/‫ڀ‬58'㌣97$,/㌣*<526(160(18岜岜岜岜$)  

MENU
3/3

148

㌣'5(;32㌣02725㌣&21',7,21㌣58'‫ڀ‬$,/㌣&$0%5岜)/3㌣&$0%5岜0,;㌣%877(5)/<㌣&$0%5‫(ڀ‬/(㌣(/(‫&ڀ‬$0%5㌣$,/‫&ڀ‬$0%5㌣$,/‫ڀ‬%5.)/㌣75,00,;（Selection）● Move the cursor( h i g h l i g ht e d ) u p a n ddown and to the left andright with the Jog key andselect the function.
The cursor can be moved
over several pages.

（Calling the setting screen）

ƔPress the Jog key to open thesetting screen.

Key ／ LCD●＋ key●− key$)●Jog key●END key■ The menu item is an example of WING type 2 ailerons + 4 ﬂaps. The menu items
can be changed according to the WING type. For example, if WING type is 1AIL,
since the item blinks, reference only the item of the WING type used.
Relevant WING type display → WING TYPE

1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1F 2AIL+2F 2AIL+4F

Refer to "Common Functions"previously described for a
description of this function.
■ Function
MENU1/3
MDL-SELMENU 3/3

MENU2/3(P.40)TELEMETRY(P.66)

D/R, EXPO

Model select ／ Model Copy ／ Data
reset ／ RX ／ Link

Telemetry Display ／ Alarm setup

Dual rate ／ EXPO

MDL-NAME

SENSOR

MOTOR SW

Telemetry sensor(P.43)

Model name ／ User name

FAIL SAFE(P.45)

Fail safe

REVERSE(P.47)

Servo reverse

TIMER(P.48)

SBUS LINKMDL-TRANSAIL → RUD
Aileron → Rudder

V-TAIL(P.51)

Trim reset ／ Trim step
Sub trim

P.MIX1-6

Gyro mixing(P.150)CAMBR MIX

(P.151)

BUTTERFLY(P.152)CAMBR → ELE(P.162)Camber → Elevator mixing(P.153)

ELE → CAMBR(P.163)

Elevator → Camber mixing(P.165)

Aileron → Camber mixing

AIL → BRKFL

AUX-CHAN

Aileron → Brake ﬂap

AUX channel

TRIM MIXPARAMETER

Trim MIX(P.58)(P.161)

Butterﬂy mixing

Program mixing 1 〜 6(P.56)(P.160)Camber mixing

AIL → CAMBR(P.53)(P.159)Camber ﬂap mixing

V-Tail

GYRO SENS(P.52)(P.93)(P.158)(P.166)

GliderSUB TRIM

RUD → AILCAMBR FLPEND POINT
TRIM(P.92)

Trainer

Servo monitor ／ Servo test

(P.157)

Condition

TRAINERSERVO

End point

CONDITION

Rudder → Aileron mixing

Aileron Diﬀerential(P.50)(P.89)

Data transfer of another 10J or 8J

AIL-DIFF(P.156)

Motor switch

S.BUS servo set up

Timer(P.49)(P.83)(P.154)(P.167)

Data reset ／ Model type ／ ATLtrim ／ LCD contrast ／ Back light :mode, time, adjustment ／ Home
display ／ Battery alarm ／ Battery
vibration ／ Buzzer tone ／ Jognavi ／ Jog light ／ Jog time ／Telemetry : mode, unit ／ Speech :language, volume ／ Stick position
alarm

149

AIL-DIFF

Aileron diﬀerential
WING TYPE

Function(GLIDER)
1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1F 2AIL+2F 2AIL+4F

Two servos can be used for ailerons and adifferential can be applied to left and rightaileron operation.
Connect the left aileron to CH1 (AIL) and theright aileron to CH7.

CH1

ŏ7KHXSDQGGRZQDQJOHRIWKHOHIWDQGULJKWDLOHURQFRQWUROVXUIDFHFDQEHDGMXVWHGLQGLYLGXDOO\CH7

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "AIL-DIFF"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）$,/',))（Aileron rate）
Aileron1（CH1）rate
Aileron2（CH7）rate● Select the setting item with
the Jog key.

Aileron Diﬀerential

Glider■ Aileron control surface angle adjustment① Select the "RATE-AIL1" item and then move the aileron stickto the left and right and adjust the travel of each by pressing
the + key or ‒ key.

Range：-120 〜 +120%
Default：+100%● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press
the + key and ‒ key simultaneously. However, polarity does not
return.

（Adjust the RATE-AIL2 item the same as ① .）150

L：Aileron Stick Left side rate
R：Aileron Stick Right side rate

AIL → RUD Aileron → Rudder(GLIDER)WING TYPE

Function

1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1F 2AIL+2F 2AIL+4F

Use this mix when you want to mix the rudder
with aileron operation. This allows the aircraft tobank at a steep angle.
ŏ:KHQ WKH PL[LQJ GLUHFWLRQ LV UHYHUVHG E\ WKHOLQNDJH DGMXVWPHQWV FDQ EH PDGH E\ FKDQJLQJWKHUDWHSRODULW\MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "AIL → RUD"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）

崐嵓嵕嵛‫ڀ‬嵑崨嵤$,/‫ ڀ‬58'
Activating the function
Rate adjustment● When not using this function,
select INH.

0,;㌣,1+5$7(㌣ 1250
6:㌣6:$
326,㌣'2:1● Select the setting itemwith the Jog key.
3 Position Switch
NULL

UP

UP&DWN

UP&CNTCENTER

CNT&DN

DOWN

ON

ON

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

2 Position Switch
NULL
UP● When condition was used, the display
can be switched and each connection
can be set by switching the condition
switch.
● The ON/OFF switch can be changed.
(Selected with the Jog key andchanged with the +key)● Sets the ON/OFF direction of theselected switch.

DOWN

ON

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

■ Activating the function① Select the "MIX" item and then selectthe "ON" by pressing the + key or ‒
key.

＋

−

■ Mixing rate
② S e l e c t t h e " R AT E " i t em a n dthen adjust the mixing rate bypressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋

−
or

or

Range：-100 〜 +100%
Default：0%● When you do not use a function, set
to the "INH" side.

● When you want to return the set value to the initial value,press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.However,polarity does not return.

GliderAileron → Rudder151

V-TAIL

V-Tail(GLIDER)WING TYPE

Function

1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1F 2AIL+2F 2AIL+4F

This mixing is used with V tail aircraft thatcombine the elevator and rudder functions.

Ｖ-tailCH2 (CH4)

Elevator
RudderMethodCH4 (CH2)CH2 Servo
ELE1
RUD2

CH4 Servo
ELE2
RUD1

Calling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "V-TAIL"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）

Activating the function

97$,/● When INH is selected, thefunction cannot be used. To use
the function, select ACT.

ELE1 rate
ELE2 rate（Rate adjustment）

RUD2 rate
RUD1 rate● Select the setting item with
the Jog key.

V-TAIL

Glider■ Activating the function① Select the "MIX" item and thenselect the "ACT" by pressing
the + key or ‒ key.

＋

−
or

● When you do not use afunction, set to the "INH" side.

■ Rate adjustment② Select the "RATE" item and then adjust
the mixing rate by pressing the + key or‒ key.

＋−
or

Range：-100 〜 +100%
Default：+50%（only ELE2 : -50%）● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press
the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.However, polarity does not
return.

NOTE：We recommend that setting be performed while moving the stick and checking the amount of movement. If
the amount of movement is too large, elevator and rudder operation will be compounded and the servo travel range
will be exceeded and a dead band in which the servo will not operate may be created.

152

GYRO SENS Gyro sensor(GLIDER)WING TYPE

Function

1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1F 2AIL+2F 2AIL+4F

IOLJKW WKH J\UR ZLOO ORVH FRQWURO RI WKH SODQH·V
DWWLWXGH )URP WKH VWDQGSRLQW RI VDIHW\ ZH
UHFRPPHQGWKDWWKH2))  SRVLWLRQDOVREHVHWXVLQJDSRVLWLRQVZLWFKŏ&+ &+&+ &+&+ RU &+&+&+
FRPELQDWLRQV FDQ EH VHOHFWHG DV WKH VHQVLWLYLW\VHWWLQJFKDQQHOThis function is dedicated mixing for switching
the gyro sensitivity and gyro mode (AVCS/NORMAL) of Futaba airplane use gyros. Up to 3
axes can be set.
ŏ7KH VHQVLWLYLW\ VZLWFK FDQ EH VHOHFWHG DQG WKHVHQVLWLYLW\RIHDFKGLUHFWLRQRIWKHVZLWFKFDQEH
VHW 6ZLWFKHV $ WR +  ,I WKH DLUSODQH VWDOOV GXULQJ

MethodCalling the setting screen② Select "GYRO SENS"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）

Activating the function
Gain Channel selection
Switch direction*<526(16● When not using this function,
select INH.

Sensitivity switch selection（C u r r e n t s w i t c h o p e r a t i n g
direction）

Gyrotype,
Gain rate● Switches to the sensitivity setting
screen of each switch
direction when the
Jog key is pressed.

● Select the setting itemwith the Jog key.

GYRO SENS■ Activating the function① Select the "MIX" item
and then select the"ON" by pressing the +key or ‒ key.

（Gyro type）（Gyro Gain）● When using a Futaba GYA gyro, select gyro type GY. This switches the gyro sensitivity setting
item to mode and sensitivity direct reading display.

＋■ Sensitivity switch selection② Select the "SW" item and then select theswitch by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

−
or

＋

Range：CH5、CH5/CH7、CH5/CH8、CH5/CH7/CH8
Default：CH5

Range：SwA 〜 SwH、Default：SwA■ Gyro type and sensitivity setting④ Press the Jog key and select the sensitivity setting
screen you want to set and then set "type" (gyro type)and "rate" (gyro sensitivity) of each channel by pressing
the + key or ‒ key.
（"type"）Range：STD,GY

Glider● When you do not use a function, set to the"INH" side.

■ Sensitivity setting channel selection③ Select the ＋−"CH" item andorthen selectthe sensitivity
setting channel by pressing the + key
or ‒ key.

−or

Default：STD（"rate"）Range：0 〜 100%（STD）, NOR100 〜 0 〜
AVC100%（GY） Default：50%（STD）, 0%（GY）● When you want to return the set value to the initialvalue, press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.

153

D/R,EXPO

Dual rate ／ EXPOWING TYPE

Function(GLIDER)
1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1F 2AIL+2F 2AIL+4F

D/R
The aileron, elevator and rudder channel control surface angle can be switched in 2 steps
ŏ7KHFRQWUROVXUIDFHDQJOHLVDGMXVWHGE\HDFKGLUHFWLRQRIWKHVZLWFK7KHOHIWDQGULJKW XSDQGGRZQ 
GLUHFWLRQRIHDFKVZLWFKFDQEHVHWLQGLYLGXDOO\EXPThis function makes operation more pleasant by changing the operating curve so that servo movement
is sluggish or sensitive relative to stick operation near the aileron, elevator, throttle, and rudder neutral
position. Adjustments can be made in 2 steps according to the control surface angle.
ŏ7KHVLGHPDNHVVHUYRPRYHPHQWVOXJJLVKDQGWKHVLGHPDNHVVHUYRPRYHPHQWVHQVLWLYHQHDUWKH
QHXWUDOSRVLWLRQ([SRQHQWLDOLVDSSOLHGWRHQWLUHWKURWWOHVHUYRWUDYHO:KHQWKHVLGHLVLQFUHDVHGWKH
VORZVLGHEHFRPHVVOXJJLVKDQGWKHKLJKVLGHEHFRPHVVHQVLWLYHŏ6HWWLQJFRUUHVSRQGLQJWRHDFKUDWHRIGXDOUDWH '5 LVSRVVLEOH ([FHSWWKURWWOH 7KHGLUHFWLRQRIHDFKVZLWFKDQGWKHOHIWDQGULJKW XSDQGGRZQ GLUHFWLRQRIHDFKFKDQQHOFDQEHVHWLQGLYLGXDOO\Switch selection（SW）
Switches A to H can be selected as the aileron channel, elevator channel, and rudder channel dual rate
(exponential) switch.
ŏ'HIDXOW：$LOHURQ：6ZLWFK' ／ (OHYDWRU：6ZLWFK$ ／ 5XGGHU：6ZLWFK%

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "D/R, EXPO"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）

Glider● The channel under selection isunderlined.

Channel selection
Dual rate（Switch Direction）

EXPO● The dual rate and exponential
settings are displayed by acurve.

Switch selection● Channel selection/Selectthe setting item with the
Jog key.

154（Switch number）（D/R and EXPO rate display）
Top row；Left side ／ down
Bottom row；Right side ／ up

＜ Channel ＞
1：Aileron
2：Elevator
3：Throttle
4：RudderD/R① A channel is chosen by Jog
key.

Range：1, 2, 4

② Adjust the rate by moving the cursor
to D/R with the Jog key, switching thedual rate switch to the direction you
want to set, moving the stick to the left
(down) or right (up) side and pressing
the + key or ‒ key.

−＋

Range：
0 〜 140%
Default：100%● When you want toreturn the set value tothe initial value, press
the + key and ‒ key
simultaneously.

Adjust the rate of each direction of the dual rate switch and stick by repeating step
● Moving to another setting item of the samechannel is possible by Jog key.

EXPO
① Select the "EXP" item andthen select the channel with
the Jog key.

② Adjust the rate by moving the cursor
to EXP with the Jog key, switching thedual rate switch to the direction you
want to set, moving the stick to the left
(down) or right (up) side and pressing
the + key or ‒ key.

−＋

Range：1 〜 4Range：-100 〜 +100%
Default：0%● When you want toreturn the set value tothe initial value, press
the + key and ‒ key
simultaneously.

Adjust the rate of each direction of the dual rate switch and stick by repeating step

● Moving to another setting item of thesame channel is possible by Jog key.

Switch Change① Select the "SW" item and then selectthe channel with the Jog key.

② A switch is chosen by + key or ‒ key.

＋

−
or

Range：SwA 〜 SwH

GliderRange：1, 2, 4

155

MOTOR SW Motor switch(GLIDER)WING TYPE

Function

This function sets the operating motor when
the EP glider with motor is started by switch. The
operating speed can individually set in 2 rangesof high from slow and slow from high. If you do
motor control with a throttle stick, you should
set this function to INH.

1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1F 2AIL+2F 2AIL+4Fŏ)RUVDIHW\WKH212))VZLWFKRIWKHDLUFUDIWLWVHOIFDQEHVHW
ŏ,IDWUDQVPLWWHUSRZHUVXSSO\LVVZLWFKHGRQZKLOH
WKH PRWRU 6: KDV EHHQ 21 WKH ZDUQLQJ ZLOORSHUDWH%HVXUHWRVZLWFKRQDSRZHUVXSSO\ZLWKWKHPRWRUVWDUWVZLWFK2))

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "MOTOR SW"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）● Present motor control position

027256:
02'(㌣2))  6$)(6:㌣6:$㌣'2:1
67576:㌣6:'㌣'2:1
2))  21 
326,㌣㌣
63(('㌣2))㌣2))

● Select the setting
item with the
Jog key.

Motor● Decelerating speed setting■ Activating the function① Select the "MODE" item
and then select the"OFF" by pressing the+ key or ‒ key.

＋

−
or

Glider−● Start SW● A setup of the motor control
position (3CH end point)of Highside and Low-side● Accelerating speed setting■ Switch selection② Change the switch bypressing the + key or‒ key a t t h e s w i t c hselection item.

● When you do not use a function, set to the"INH" side.

■ Switch direction③ Select the ＋" D O W N " it emorand then selectthe position bypressing the + key or ‒ key.

● If this safety switch is not ON, themotor will not start even if thestarter switch is turned on. In"NULL", a safe function does not
work.

＋

Range：SwA 〜 SwH■ Speed setting④ Select "SPEED " next to (OFF) and (ON) by Jog key.
Range：OFF,1 〜 10(more slowly)● (ON) is the acceleration speed setting.
● (OFF) is the deceleration speed setting.

● 2P SW：UP, DOWN
● 3P SW： UP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR,
C&DN, DOWNDANGER
Always remove the propeller from the motor during setting and at operation checks.
Ŷ7KHUHLVWKHGDQJHURIWKHSURSHOOHUVSLQQLQJXQH[SHFWHGO\DQGFDXVLQJDVHULRXVLQMXU\

156

−
or

CONDITION

Condition(GLIDER)WING TYPE

Function

The condition function lets you change multiple
settings by one switch operation. Different
settings can be made immediately by switching 2
conditions.

1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1F 2AIL+2F 2AIL+4F

ŏ7KH IXQFWLRQV WKDW FDQ EH FKDQJHG E\ FRQGLWLRQ
DUH
・$LOHURQń5XGGHU ・5XGGHUń$LOHURQ
・&DPEHU)/3 ・&DPEHU0,; ・%XWWHUÁ\・&DPEHUń(/( ・(/(ń&DPEHU ・$,/ń&DPEHU
・$,/ń%5.)/ ・7ULPPL[

MethodCalling the setting screen② Select "CONDITION"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）&21',7,21
Condition1● When not using thisFunction select INH.
The display of On/Off isshown when active andassigned to a switch.

㌣,1+㌣6:$㌣'2:1
㌣,1+㌣6:$㌣'2:1

● Priority is given to thecondition 2 when thecondition 1 and 2 is turned on
simultaneously.

Condition2● Select the setting itemwith the Jog key.
（Activating the function）（Switch direction）（Switch selection）

CONDITION＋−
orGlider■ Activating the function① Select the "INH" item of thecondition you want to use andthen set that condition to "ON" or"OFF" by pressing the + key or ‒key.

● Set conditions you do not want to use to "INH".

（Changing the switch）■ Switch selection② Change the switch bypressing the + key or‒ key at the switch
selection item.

＋

−
or

■ Switch direction③ Select the ON direction
by pressing the + key or‒ key at the ON direction
selection item.

＋

−
or

Range：
Range：SwA 〜 SwH
Default：SwA● 2P SW：NULL, UP, DOWN
● 3P SW：NULL, UP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR, C&DN,
DOWN

157

RUD → AIL Rudder → Aileron(GLIDER)WING TYPE

Function

This function is used when you want to mix
the ailerons with rudder input. It is used whenrudder is applied during roll maneuvers suchas, knife edge flight. It can be used to turn orbank scale models, large models, etc. like a fullsize aircraft.

1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1F 2AIL+2F 2AIL+4F

ŏ:KHQ WKH PL[LQJ GLUHFWLRQ LV UHYHUVHG E\ WKHOLQNDJH DGMXVWPHQWV FDQ EH PDGH E\ FKDQJLQJWKHUDWHSRODULW\MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "RUD → AIL"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）

58'‫ڀ‬$,/
Activating the function
Mixing rate

● When not using this function,
select INH.

0,;㌣,1+5$7(㌣ 1250
6:㌣6:$
326,㌣'2:1● Select the setting itemwith the Jog key.
3 Position Switch
NULL

UP

UP&DWNCENTER

CNT&DN

DOWN

ON

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

2 Position Switch
NULL
UP● The ON/OFF switch can be changed.
(Selected by Jog key and changed by+ key.)● Sets the ON/OFF direction of theselected switch.

DOWN

ON

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

Glider

RUD → AIL
■ Activating the function① Select the "MIX" item and then selectthe "ON" by pressing the + key or ‒
key.

＋

158

UP&CNTON● When condition was used, the display
can be switched and each connection
can be set by switching the condition
switch.

−■ Mixing rate
② S e l e c t t h e " R AT E " i t em a n dthen adjust the mixing rate bypressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋

−
or

or

Range：-100 〜 +100%
Default：0%● When you do not use a function, set
to the "INH" side.

● When you want to return the set value to the initial value,press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.However,polarity does not return.

CAMBR FLP Camber ﬂap(GLIDER)WING TYPE

Function

7KHXSGRZQWUDYHORIHDFKÀDS FDPEHUÀDSV)/3 EUDNH IODSV )/3  FDQ EH DGMXVWHG
independently for each servo according to the
ZLQJW\SH7KHFDPEHUÀDSVRSHUDWHVE\'7DQG
WKHEUDNHÀDSVRSHUDWHVE\'7

1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1F 2AIL+2F 2AIL+4F

Aileron1
(CH1)
Flap1
Flap3
(Camber Flap) (Brake Flap)
(CH5)
(CH8)

Flap4
(Brake Flap)
Aileron2
(CH9)
Flap2
(CH7)
(Camber Flap)(CH6)

ŏ7KHD[LVRIHDFKÁDSFDQEHVKLIWHG
ŏ7KH FRQWURO VZLWFK FDQ EH FKDQJHG E\ $8;FKDQQHO

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "CAMBR FLP"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）

D T5 a n d D T6 s e t
the amount of
movement when
the ﬂap is operated.
● Flap1● Flap2● Flap3● Flap4&$0%5岜)/3
&$0%(5)/$3● Select the setting itemwith the Jog key.

 57  57  2)6)㌣㌣㌣)㌣㌣㌣)㌣㌣㌣)㌣㌣㌣
● Up side rate ● Down side rate

● Oﬀset rate−

● The number is changed
by + key or ‒ key.

（Currently selected condition）&$0%5岜)/3
‫ق‬1250 
%5$.()/$3‫ڀ‬岜岜&$0%(5 57  57  2)6)/㌣㌣㌣
● Selection of whether or
not mixing from brake
FLP to camber FLP is
performed

0,;㌣,1+
6:㌣6Z$㌣'2:1● Brake FLP to camber FLP
mixing switch selection

GliderCamber FLP ２page[Brakeﬂap → Camberﬂap]＋● Brake FLP to camber FLP
mixing rate and offset(axis shift)● Brake FLP to camber FLP mixing
switch operation direction

159

CAMBR MIX Camber mixing(GLIDER)WING TYPE

Function

This function adjusts the rate of camber
operation for the wing camber (ailerons, camber
flaps, brake flaps) in the negative and positive
directions. The aileron, flap, and elevator rates
can also be adjusted independently and attitudechanges caused by camber operation can be

All the wing control surfaces arelowered and the camber is increased(lift increases)
Attitude changes are compensated for by setting theamount of elevator movement.

1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1F 2AIL+2F 2AIL+4F

corrected.
,QLWLDOVHWWLQJDVVLJQVFDPEHURSHUDWLRQWRVLGHOHYHU'7ŏ2SHUDWLRQFDQEHWXUQHGRQDQGRIIE\VZLWFKŏ95FDQEHFKDQJHGE\$8;FKDQQHOAll the wing control surfaces areraised and the camber isdecreased (lift decreases)

Turn the VR

Attitude changes are compensated for by setting theamount of elevator movement.

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "CAMBR MIX"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）

Sets the amount of
movement when
the VR was turned.

（Currently selected condition）&$0%5岜0,; 1250 
 5$7(  5$7( $,/㌣㌣
$,/㌣㌣
0,;㌣,1+6:㌣6Z$㌣'2:1

Glider● Aileron1● Aileron2● Camber MIX ACT/INH● Can be set to operatefrom a switch. When
NULL, it is operated by
a VR.
( R AT E1)：T h e a m o u n t o foperations when VR is turned to
the right.

＋−● The number is changed
by + key or ‒ key.
( R AT E2)：T h e a m o u n t o foperations when VR is turned to
the left.

Sets the amount of [Camber FLP ２page]（Currently selected condition）
movement when&$0%5岜0,; 1250 
the VR is turned.
● Flap1● Flap2● Flap3● Flap4● Elevator

160● Select the setting itemwith the Jog key.

 5$7(  5$7( )/3㌣㌣
)/3㌣㌣
)/3㌣㌣
)/3㌣㌣
(/(㌣㌣

● Amount of compensationof the elevator when thecamber changed.

BUTTERFLY Butterﬂy mixing(GLIDER)WING TYPE

Function

This function is utilized to quickly slow theaircraft and reduce altitude by simultaneously
raising the left and right ailerons and lowering theÀDSV FDPEHUÀDSEUDNHÀDS 
Butterfly (Crow) produces an extremely
HI¿FLHQWODQGLQJFRQ¿JXUDWLRQE\DFFRPSOLVKLQJWKHIROORZLQJ

1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1F 2AIL+2F 2AIL+4F

6ORZWKHDLUFUDIW·VYHORFLW\3 URYLGH ZDVKRXW DW WKH ZLQJ WLSV WR UHGXFH WKHWHQGHQF\WRWLSVWDOO
& UHDWH PRUH OLIW WRZDUG WKH FHQWHU RI WKH ZLQJDOORZLQJLWWRÁ\DWDVORZHUVSHHG
ŏ 0L[LQJ GXULQJ IOLJKW FDQ EH WXUQHG 212)) E\VHWWLQJDVZLWFKŏ 7KH SRLQW DW ZKLFK WKH EXWWHUIO\ RSHUDWLRQUHIHUHQFHSRLQWFDQEHRIIVHWŏ7KHGLIIHUHQWLDOUDWHFDQEHDGMXVWHG

OFFON
Switch set to ON

Resistance increased by raising
the elevators and lowering theﬂaps

THR stick lowered (High)

Fine tuning of an elevator

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "BUTTERFLY"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）（Currently selected condition）

Amount of movement setting● Aileron1● Aileron2● Amount of elevator
compensation● Butterﬂy : ACT/INH● Can be either set to aswitch or when NULL iscontrolled by the THR
stick.

%877(5)/<岜岜岜 1250 
$,/㌣ )/3㌣
$,/㌣ )/3㌣
(/(㌣ )/3㌣
)/3㌣
0,;㌣,1+6:㌣6Z$㌣'2:1
2)67㌣  ● Oﬀset setting ‒Select "OFST" XX%.

＋−

● The number is changed
by + key or ‒ key.
● When MIX is set to ACT, theamount of MIX(s) according tostick operation is displayed.

Brake amountMAX

Glider● Current THR stick position
0％ : Low 100％ : High● Select the setting itemwith the Jog key.

OFST ▶ 100%
At THR stick highpress the Jog key for 1 second

High
Slow
THR stick operation
Brake amountMAX

OFST ▶60%
At THR stick 60%press the Jog key for 1 second● When offset is set below a center, themixing of THR stick operates by the highside.

Start from
60%

High

Slow

THR stick operation

161

CAMBR → ELE Camber → Elevator mixing
WING TYPE

Function(GLIDER)

1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1F 2AIL+2F 2AIL+4F

When the camber/speed flaps are utilized,
the aircraft might experience, a change in pitch.
This mix compensates for such changes by
incorporating elevator input.

Flap operation
pitch changeŏ 7KH HOHYDWRU VHUYRV XSGRZQ UDWHV FDQ EH
DGMXVWHG VHSDUDWHO\ ,I WKH PL[LQJ GLUHFWLRQ LV
UHYHUVHGFKDQJHWKHPL[LQJUDWHSRODULW\ RU² ŏ 0L[LQJ GXULQJ IOLJKW FDQ EH WXUQHG 212)) E\VHWWLQJDVZLWFK $OZD\V21DW6:>18//@VHWWLQJ

Flap1
(CH5)
Flap2
(CH6)

compensatedfor by elevators

Elevator(CH2)

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "CAMBR → ELE"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）&$0%5‫(ڀ‬/( 1250
 5$7(  5$7( (/(㌣㌣

Mixing rate
Activating the function● Select the setting itemwith the Jog key.

0,;㌣,1+
6:㌣6Z$㌣'2:1

3 Position Switch
NULL

UP

UP&DWN

UP&CNTCENTER

CNT&DN

ON

ON

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

2 Position Switch
NULL
UP

DOWN

Glider

ON

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

● When condition is used, the display
can be switched and each connection
can be set by switching the condition
switch.

● The ON/OFF switch can be changed.
( S e l e c t e d w i t h t h e Jog key a n dchanged with the +key)● Sets the ON/OFF direction of theselected switch.
● ( R AT E1) a n d ( R AT E2) s h o w t h e
direction of camber of operation.

Camber → ELE mixing■ Activating the function① Select the "MIX" item and then selectthe "ON" by pressing the + key or ‒
key.

＋

−
or

● When you do not use a function, set
to the "INH" side.

162

DOWN

● When not using this function,
select INH.

■ Mixing rate
② S e l e c t t h e " R AT E " i t em a n dthen adjust the mixing rate bypressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋

−
or

Range：-120 〜 +120%
Default：0%● When you want to return the set value to the initialvalue, press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.

ELE → CAMBR

Elevator → Camber mixing
WING TYPE

Function

This function is used when you want to mix the
FDPEHUÀDSVZLWKHOHYDWRURSHUDWLRQ:KHQXVHG
the flaps are lowered by up elevator, and lift isincreased.

(GLIDER)

1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1F 2AIL+2F 2AIL+4F

ŏ,QÁLJKWPL[LQJFDQEHWXUQHG212))E\DVVLJQLQJWKLVWRDVZLWFK $OZD\V21DW6:>18//@VHWWLQJ
ŏ7KHPL[LQJUDWHFDQEHDGMXVWHG
ŏ6HWWLQJVRWKDWWKHÁDSVDUHQRWRSHUDWHGQHDUWKH
FHQWHURIWKHHOHYDWRUVLVSRVVLEOH 5$1*(

Aileron1
(CH1)
Flap1
Flap3
(Camber Flap) (Brake Flap)
(CH5)
(CH8)

Up the elevator

ﬂap is down

Flap4
(Brake Flap)
Aileron2
(CH9)
Flap2
(CH7)
(Camber Flap)(CH6)

Elevator(CH2)

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "ELE → CAMBR"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）（Currently selected condition）
Mixing rate
● Aileron1● Aileron2● Camber MIX ACT/INH● Can be either set to aswitch or when NULL isalways active.

(/(‫&ڀ‬$0%5 1250 
 5$7(  5$7( $,/㌣㌣
$,/㌣㌣
0,;㌣,1+
6:㌣6Z$㌣'2:1
5$1*(㌣ ● Described on
the next page.

● Current position of theelevator stick● Select the setting itemwith the Jog key.

＋−

● The number is changed
by + key or ‒ key.

（Currently selected condition）
Mixing rate(/(‫&ڀ‬$0%5 1250 

● Flap1● Flap2● Flap3● Flap4

 5$7(  5$7( )/3㌣㌣
)/3㌣㌣
)/3㌣㌣
)/3㌣㌣

Glider[ELE → Camber ２page]● (RATE1) and (RATE2) show
the direction of elevator ofoperation.

163

（ELE → Camber ）(/(‫&ڀ‬$0%5 1250 
 5$7(  5$7( $,/㌣㌣
$,/㌣㌣
0,;㌣,1+
6:㌣6Z$㌣'2:1
5$1*(㌣ 

● When MIX is set to ACT, theamount of MIX(s) according tostick operation is displayed.

● Setting that inhibits camber mixing near the elevator center position. Setting sothat camber mixing is performed only when the elevators were operated greatly
is possible.

RANGE setting■ Setting state① Select the "0%" item next toRANGE with the Jog key.

■ To setting value② Move the elevator stick to the position you
want operation to begin.

Can be either up or down. When set
to down, the up side is also set by thesame amount.

■ Set value memorization③ Press the Jog key for 1 second.

Hold the stick inposition.

(/(‫&ڀ‬$0%5 1250 
 5$7(  5$7( $,/㌣㌣
$,/㌣㌣
0,;㌣,1+
6:㌣6Z$㌣'2:1
5$1*(㌣ When elevator operation exceeds the range,
the stick position is displayed and mixing is
performed.

Glider164● When a RANGE number is selected and the
Jog key is pressed for 1 second, RANGE is
reset to 0% and normal mixing is performed.

AIL → CAMBR Aileron → Camber mixing
WING TYPE

Function

7KLVPL[LQJOLQNVWKHFDPEHUÀDSVZLWKDLOHURQ
operation (stick). It is used when you want toincrease roll axis maneuverability.

(GLIDER)

1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1F 2AIL+2F 2AIL+4F

ŏ:KHQ WKH PL[LQJ GLUHFWLRQ LV UHYHUVHG E\ WKHOLQNDJH DGMXVWPHQWV FDQ EH PDGH E\ FKDQJLQJWKHUDWHSRODULW\Flaps and ailerons
operateOFFON
Set switch to ON

Roll is corrected by using
the ailerons to control thecamber FLP.

Ailerons operation

MethodCalling the setting screen② Select "AIL → CAMBR"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）$,/‫&ڀ‬$0%5 1250
 /()7  5,*+7 )/3㌣㌣
)/3㌣㌣
0,;㌣,1+
6:㌣6Z$㌣'2:1

Mixing rate
Activating the function● Select the setting itemwith the Jog key.
3 Position Switch
NULL

UP

UP&DWN

UP&CNTCENTER

CNT&DN

DOWN

ON

ON

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

2 Position Switch
NULL
UP● When not using this function,
select INH.
● When condition was used, thedisplay can be switched andeach connection can be set byswitching the condition switch.

● The ON/OFF switch can be changed.
( S e l e c t e d w i t h t h e Jog key a n dchanged with the +key)● Sets the ON/OFF direction of theselected switch.

DOWN

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

GliderON

AIL → Camber mixing■ Activating the function① Select the "MIX" item and then selectthe "ON" by pressing the + key or ‒
key.

＋

−
or

● When you do not use a function, set
to the "INH" side.

■ Mixing rate
② S e l e c t t h e " R AT E " i t em a n dthen adjust the mixing rate bypressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋

−
or

Range：-120 〜 +120%
Default：0%● When you want to return the set value to the initial value,press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.

165

AIL → BRKFL Aileron → Brake ﬂap mixing
WING TYPE

Function

This mixing links the brake flaps with aileron
operation (stick). It is used when you want toincrease roll axis maneuverability.

(GLIDER)

1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1F 2AIL+2F 2AIL+4F

ŏ:KHQ WKH PL[LQJ GLUHFWLRQ LV UHYHUVHG E\ WKHOLQNDJH DGMXVWPHQWV FDQ EH PDGH E\ FKDQJLQJWKHUDWHSRODULW\Flaps and ailerons
operateOFFON
Set the switch to ON

Roll is corrected by using
the ailerons to control thebrake FLP.

Ailerons operation

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "AIL → BRKFL"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）$,/‫ڀ‬%5.)/ 1250
Mixing rate
Activating the function● Select the setting itemwith the Jog key.

 /()7  5,*+7 )/3㌣㌣
)/3㌣㌣
0,;㌣,1+
6:㌣6Z$㌣'2:1

3 Position Switch
NULL

UP

UP&DWN

UP&CNTCENTER

CNT&DN

ON

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

2 Position Switch
NULL
UP● When condition was used, thedisplay can be switched and eachconnection can be set by switching
the condition switch.

● The ON/OFF switch can be changed.
( S e l e c t e d w i t h t h e Jog key a n dchanged with the +key)● Sets the ON/OFF direction of theselected switch.

DOWN

Glider

ON

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

AIL → BRKFL mixing■ Activating the function① Select the "MIX" item and then selectthe "ON" by pressing the + key or ‒
key.

＋

−
or

● When you do not use a function, set
to the "INH" side.

166

DOWN

ON

● When not using this function,
select INH.

■ Mixing rate
② S e l e c t t h e " R AT E " i t em a n dthen adjust the mixing rate bypressing the + key or ‒ key.

＋

−
or

Range：-120 〜 +120%
Default：0%● When you want to return the set value to the initial value,press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.

Trim mix

TRIM MIX(GLIDER)WING TYPE

Function

1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1F 2AIL+2F 2AIL+4F

ŏ7KHVHUYRVSHHGDWZKLFKWULPLVWRWKHVHWSRVLWLRQFDQEHVHW

This function shifts the ailerons, elevators, andHDFKÀDSWULPWRWKHSUHVHWSRVLWLRQE\PHDQVRID
switch.

OFF

Aileron1
(CH1)
Flap1
Flap3
(Camber Flap) (Brake Flap)
(CH5)
(CH8)

ON
Set the switch to ON

Trim of each control surface is
moved to the set value.

Flap4(Brake Flap)
Aileron2
(CH9)
Flap2
(CH7)
(Camber Flap)(CH6)

Elevator(CH2)

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "TRIM MIX"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）[TRIM MIX page1]75,00,; 1250 
$,/㌣ )/3㌣
$,/㌣ )/3㌣
(/(㌣)/3㌣
)/3㌣

● Select the setting itemwith the Jog key.

＋−

[TRIM MIX page2]● The number is changed
by + key or ‒ key.

75,00,;

Activating the function

'(/$< $,/㌣2))
)/3㌣2))
(/(㌣2))

3 Position Switch
NULL

UP

UP&DWN

UP&CNTCENTER

CNT&DN

DOWN

ON

ON

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

2 Position Switch
NULL
UP

DOWN

ON

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

● Sets the trim neutral position of eachcontrol surface.
Range：-100 〜 +100
Returned to 0 by pressing the + key
and ‒ key simultaneously.
● The ON/OFF switch can be changed.
(Selected with the Jog key andchanged with the +key)● Sets the ON/OFF direction of theselected switch.

Glider● When not using thisfunction, select INH.

0,;㌣,1+6:㌣6Z$㌣'2:1● When condition is used, the display
can be switched and each connection
can be set by switching the condition
switch.

● Servo speed at which the trim position is to the set
position. Sudden attitude changes are prevented
by turning the switch on. (Selected by Jog key andchanged by + key and ‒ key.)
Range：OFF(fast shift）、1 〜 10（slow shift）
Returned to OFF by pressing the Jog key for a longtime.
*This is not the servo speed when the stick was
operated.

167

Multicopter Function
The setting screen of each function is called from the following menu. The function whenthe model type was set to multicopter (MULTI COPT) is displayed here.

Power ON

To menu screenby holding down
the + key

（Home screen）● When t h e E N D k e y i spressed, the display returns
to the home screen.

● When the + key is pressed for
1 second, the menu screen is（1 second）
displayed.

＋

END

MENU
0(18岜岜岜岜
0(18岜岜岜岜

 

MENU
1/2

㌣0'/6(/㌣0'/1$0(㌣)$,/6$)(㌣5(9(56(㌣7,0(5㌣6(592㌣(1'32,17㌣75,0㌣68%75,0㌣30,;
㌣$8;&+$1㌣3$5$0(7(5Multicopter0(18岜岜岜岜 

MENU
2/2

㌣7(/(0(75<㌣6(1625㌣6%86/,1.
㌣0'/75$16㌣75$,1(5㌣*<526(16㌣'5(;32㌣&175$/50（Selection）● Move the cursor(highlighted) up and down
and to the left and rightwith the Jog key and selectthe function.
The cursor can be moved
over several pages.

（Calling the setting screen）● Press the Jog key to open thesetting screen.

168

key ／ LCD●＋ key●− key●Jog key●END key

Refer to "Common Functions"previously described for a
description of this function.
■ Function
MENU1/3
MDL-SELMENU2/3(P.40)TELEMETRY(P.66)

Model select ／ Model Copy ／ Data
reset ／ RX ／ Link

Telemetry Display ／ Alarm setup

MDL-NAME

Telemetry sensor(P.43)

Model name ／ User name

FAIL SAFE(P.45)

Fail safe

REVERSE(P.47)

Servo reverse

TIMER(P.48)SENSOR
SBUS LINKMDL-TRANSTRAINER

SERVO

D/R, EXPOEND POINT

Dual rate ／ EXPO

End point

CNTR ALRM

TRIM

Center alarm

SUB TRIM(P.52)Sub trim

P.MIX1-6(P.170)(P.171)(P.173)

Multicopter

Servo monitor ／ Servo test

(P.51)(P.93)

Trainer
Gyro mixing

Trim reset ／ Trim step

(P.92)

Data transfer of another T10J

GYRO SENS(P.50)(P.89)

S.BUS servo set up

Timer(P.49)(P.83)(P.53)

Program mixing 1 〜 6

AUX-CHAN(P.56)

AUX channel

PARAMETER(P.58)

Data reset ／ Model type ／ ATLtrim ／ LCD contrast ／ Back light :mode, time, adjustment ／ Home
display ／ Battery alarm ／ Battery
vibration ／ Buzzer tone ／ Jognavi ／ Jog light ／ Jog time ／Telemetry : mode, unit ／ Speech :language, volume ／ Stick position
alarm

169

GYRO SENS Gyro sensor(MULTICOPT)ŏ7KH VHQVLWLYLW\ VZLWFK FDQ EH VHOHFWHG DQG WKHVHQVLWLYLW\RIHDFKGLUHFWLRQRIWKHVZLWFKFDQEH
VHW 6ZLWFKHV$WR+
ŏ&+ &+&+ &+&+ RU &+&+&+
FRPELQDWLRQV FDQ EH VHOHFWHG DV WKH VHQVLWLYLW\VHWWLQJFKDQQHOFunction
This function is dedicated mixing for switching
the gyro sensitivity and gyro mode (AVCS/NORMAL) of Futaba gyros. Up to 3 axes can be
set. The attitude control of multicopter uses thesystem of multicopter attachment.
This "GYROSENS" will be used for accessories,
such as camera control.

*When this function is used, it becomes impossible forCH5 to use it for multi copter controller.
Use CH6 for multi copter controller and use SwC.

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "GYRO SENS"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）*<526(16Activating the function
Gain Channel selection
Switch direction● When not using this function,
select INH.

Gain switch selection（C u r r e n t s w i t c h o p e r a t i n g
direction）

Gyrotype,
Gain rate● Select the setting itemwith the Jog key.

（Gyro type）（Gyro Gain）● Switches to thesensitivity setting
screen of each switch
direction when the
Jog key is pressed.

● When using a Futaba GYA gyro, select gyro type GY. This switches the gyro sensitivity setting
item to mode and sensitivity direct reading display.

Multicopter

GYRO SENS■ Activating the function① Select the "MIX" item
and then select the"ON" by pressing the +key or ‒ key.

＋

■ Sensitivity switch selection② Select the "SW" item and then select theswitch by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

−
or

＋

● When you do not use a function, set to the"INH" side.

■ Sensitivity setting channel selection③ Select the ＋−" C H " i tem an dorthen selectthe sensitivity
setting channel by pressing the + key
or ‒ key.

Range：CH5、CH5/CH7、CH5/CH8、CH5/CH7/CH8
Default：CH5

170

−
or

Range：SwA 〜 SwH、Default：SwA■ Gyro type and sensitivity setting④ Press the Jog key and select the sensitivity setting
screen you want to set and then set “type” (gyro type)
and “rate” (gyro sensitivity) of each channel by pressing
the +key or ‒ key.
（"type"）Range：STD,GY

Default：STD（"rate"）Range：0 〜 100%（STD）, NOR100 〜 0 〜
AVC100%（GY） Default：50%（STD）, 0%（GY）● When you want to return the set value to the initialvalue, press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.

D/R,EXPO

Dual rate ／ EXPO(MULTICOPT)

Function
D/R
The aileron, elevator and rudder channel control surface angle can be switched in 2 steps
ŏ7KHFRQWUROVXUIDFHDQJOHLVDGMXVWHGE\HDFKGLUHFWLRQRIWKHVZLWFK7KHOHIWDQGULJKW XSDQGGRZQ 
GLUHFWLRQRIHDFKVZLWFKFDQEHVHWLQGLYLGXDOO\EXPThis function makes operation more pleasant by changing the operating curve so that servo movement
is sluggish or sensitive relative to stick operation near the aileron, elevator, throttle, and rudder neutral
position. Adjustments can be made in 2 steps according to the control surface angle.
ŏ7KH´µVLGHPDNHVVHUYRPRYHPHQWVOXJJLVKDQGWKH´µVLGHPDNHVVHUYRPRYHPHQWVHQVLWLYHQHDUWKHQHXWUDOSRVLWLRQ([SRQHQWLDOLVDSSOLHGWRHQWLUHWKURWWOHVHUYRWUDYHO:KHQWKH´µVLGHLVLQFUHDVHG
WKHVORZVLGHEHFRPHVVOXJJLVKDQGWKHKLJKVLGHEHFRPHVVHQVLWLYHŏ6HWWLQJFRUUHVSRQGLQJWRHDFKUDWHRIGXDOUDWH '5 LVSRVVLEOH ([FHSWWKURWWOH 7KHGLUHFWLRQRIHDFKVZLWFKDQGWKHOHIWDQGULJKW XSDQGGRZQ GLUHFWLRQRIHDFKFKDQQHOFDQEHVHWLQGLYLGXDOO\Switch selection（SW）
Switches A to H can be selected as the aileron channel, elevator channel, and rudder channel dual rate
(exponential) switch.
ŏ'HIDXOW：$LOHURQ：6ZLWFK' ／ (OHYDWRU：6ZLWFK$ ／ 5XGGHU：6ZLWFK%

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "D/R,EXPO"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）
Multicopter● The channel under selection isunderlined.

Channel selection
Dual rate（Switch Direction）

EXPO● The dual rate and exponential
settings are displayed by acurve.

Switch selection● Channel selection/Selectthe setting item with the
Jog key.

（Switch number）（D/R and EXPO rate display）
Top row；Left side ／ down
Bottom row；Right side ／ up

＜ Channel ＞
1：Aileron
2：Elevator
3：Throttle
4：Rudder171

D/R① A channel is chosen by Jog
key.

Range：1, 2, 4

② Adjust the rate by moving the cursor
to D/R with the Jog key, switching thedual rate switch to the direction you
want to set, moving the stick to the left
(down) or right (up) side and pressing
the + key or ‒ key.

−＋

Range：
0 〜 140%
Default：100%● When you want toreturn the set value
to the initial value,press the + key and ‒key simultaneously.

Adjust the rate of each direction of the dual rate switch and stick by repeating step
● Moving to another setting item of the samechannel is possible by Jog key.

EXPO
① Select the "EXP" item andthen select the channel with
the Jog key.

② Adjust the rate by moving the cursor
to EXP with the Jog key, switching thedual rate switch to the direction you
want to set, moving the stick to the left
(down) or right (up) side and pressing
the + key or ‒ key.

−＋

Range：1 〜 4Range：-100 〜 +100%
Default：0%● When you want toreturn the set value tothe initial value, press
the + key and ‒ key
simultaneously.

Adjust the rate of each direction of the dual rate switch and stick by repeating step

● Moving to another setting item of thesame channel is possible by Jog key.

Multicopter

Switch Change① Select the "SW" item and then selectthe channel with the Jog key.

＋

−
or

Range：1, 2, 4172

② A switch is chosen by + key or -key.

Range：SwA 〜 SwH

CNTR ALRM Center alarm(MULTICOPT)

Function$QDODUP VLQJOHEHHS FDQEHVRXQGHGDWWKHVSHFL¿HGWKURWWOHVWLFNSRVLWLRQŏ$ODUPIXQFWLRQ212))FDQEHVHWE\VZLWFK

Beep sounds

When the THR stickis set to thespeciﬁed position.

MethodCalling the setting screen① Call the menu screen from thehome screen by pressing the +key for 1 second.

② Select "CNTR ALRM"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

③ Open the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

＋ （1 second）● Select the item with the
Jog key.

Position setting① Stick position is chosen by
Jog key.

67.326,$/50
02'(㌣21
6:㌣6Z$
326,㌣'2:1
67,&.㌣ 
/R$/0㌣2))● ON ; If the throttle stick is not in the low position, you'll
have an alarm until the stick is in the low position.
OFF ; Low position alarm does not occur.

② Set the throttle stick to theposition at which you wantto generate the alarm.

● When INH is selected, thefunction cannot be used.
When ON or OFF is selected,
the function is activated. ON
and OFF changes are linked
to the switch.
● The number in parenthesisis the current throttle stick
position.

Multicopter

INH ⇔ ON/OFF
Switch selsction
Switch direction
Stick position
Low position alarm&175$/50③ When the Jog key is held
down the alarm sounds atthat position.

&175$/50
67.326,$/5002'(㌣21
6:㌣6Z$
326,㌣'2:1
67,&.㌣ 
/R$/0㌣2))

THR StickMemorize the position atwhich the beep is to sound.

173

TX SETTING
The settings here are special settings that are unnecessary during normal use. The stick mode can bechanged and stick adjustment (calibration), throttle lever reverse, and language can be set.
Turn on the power switch with the + key
7;6(77,1*

and ‒ key pressed in the power oﬀ state. The
screen shown at the left appears. To return

67.02'(



67.$'7+55(9

1(;7
125

/$1*8$*((QJOLVKᴾ

to the home screen, turn off the power
and then turn the power back on withoutpressing the keys.

■ STK-MODE

AIL

RUD

AIL

RUD

ELE THRTHR ELE

MODE 1

MODE 2RUD

AILThis is the MODE1 〜 MODE4 setting. The
initial state is MODE2. To change the modethe stick ratchet must be changed. Requestthat this be done by Futaba Service. (Charged
modiﬁcation)

RUD

AIL

ELE THRTHR ELE

MODE 3

MODE 4■ STK-ADJ
This function is normally not used. If stick deviation should occur, make this adjustment.
Do not use it in the normal state.
Calling the setting screen① Turn off the power and thenturn the power back on whilepressing the + key and ‒ key
simultaneously.

＋② Select STK-ADJ → NEXTin the menu with the Jog
key.

③ Enter the setting screen bypressing the Jog key.

② Press the Jog key down
and select NEUT ■ .

③ Set the stick to the neutral
position and press the Jog
key.

−

Stick adjustment① Select the stick you want toadjust with 1 〜 4 with the +
key.

＋
1

4
3

174

2

④ Swing the selected stick fully
to the left and right (up anddown).

⑤ ■ Appears next to "LEFT"
and "RGHT". Press the Jog
key.

⑥ When "COMPLETE" isdisplayed, adjustment iscomplete.

END■ THR-REVThis function is not used. When you want to use full throttle with the throttle stick down
and slow with the throttle stick up, select REV. When the stick is up, trim is eﬀective andwhen the stick is down, trim is not eﬀective.
*Throttle servo operation reversed by the linkage is usually performed by reverse in thenormal menu. When throttle servo operation is reversed with the THR-REV function, trim
becomes ineﬀective at slow.
THR-REV① Turn off the power and thenturn on the power whilepressing the + key and ‒ key
simultaneously.

＋② Select THR-REV → NOR
in the menu with the Jog
key.

③ Select NOR or REV bypressing the + key or ‒ key.
Setting is ended by power
oﬀ.

＋

−

−

■ LANGUAGE
The language displayed at proportional can be changed. The initial setting is English, but
can be selected from among 7 languages.
LANGUAGE① Turn off the power and thenturn on the power whilepressing the + key and ‒ key
simultaneously.

＋② SelectLANGUAGE → English in
the menu with the Jog
key.

③ Select NOR or REV bypressing the + key or ‒ key.
Setting is ended by power
oﬀ.

＋

−

−

Return from the transmitter setting screen to the normal menu by turning on the power
without pressing a key.
FUTABA CORPORATION
1080 Yabutsuka, Chosei-mura, Chosei-gun, Chiba-ken, 299-4395, Japan
Phone: +81 475 32 6982, Facsimile: +81 475 32 6983
2017, 4 (4)175